From 7c2bcdb980fdf10b87a1b807c4371be83b36448c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Odoo Translation Bot Date: Sun, 13 Jun 2021 01:30:27 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 1/7] [I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex --- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 20 ++- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 12 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 6 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 285 ++++++++++++++++++++---------- 4 files changed, 219 insertions(+), 104 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 15d5f9ce4..b95ac1108 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ # Luis Marin , 2021 # Fabian , 2021 # Rick Hunter , 2021 -# Pedro M. Baeza , 2021 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2021 # Alejandro Santana , 2021 # Nicolás Broggi , 2021 # Cristóbal Martí Oliver , 2021 @@ -9468,7 +9468,7 @@ msgstr "India - Punto de venta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonesia - Contabilidad" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" @@ -9476,7 +9476,7 @@ msgstr "Irlanda - Contabilidad" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Israel - Contabilidad" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" @@ -9504,7 +9504,7 @@ msgstr "Localización base LATAM" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Documento LATAM" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" @@ -9512,11 +9512,11 @@ msgstr "Lituania" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lituania - Contabilidad" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LT - Informes contables" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" @@ -9612,11 +9612,11 @@ msgstr "Suecia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suecia - Comunicación estructurada OCR" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suecia - Contabilidad" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" @@ -12873,6 +12873,10 @@ msgid "" "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" +"Odoo maneja informes tanto con criterios de devengo, como de flujo de caja. " +"Esto le permite informar ingresos / gastos en el momento en que ocurren las " +"transacciones (basado en devengo) o cuando se recibe o realiza el pago " +"(flujo de caja)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 811137915..299aacc74 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ # Francisco de la Peña , 2020 # Nicole Kist , 2020 # Jimmy Ramos , 2020 -# Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 # Erick Birbe , 2020 # Nicolás Broggi , 2020 # Diego de cos , 2020 @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2021 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 # Victoria Quesada , 2021 -# jabelchi, 2021 +# Josep Anton Belchi Riera, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: jabelchi, 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Josep Anton Belchi Riera, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2633,6 +2633,12 @@ msgid "" "these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" " them if necessary." msgstr "" +"En muchos casos, Odoo crea automáticamente un nuevo **diario** y una nueva " +"**cuenta** cuando ud. activa un nuevo Método de Pago. Ambos estan " +"predeterminados para trabajar inmediatamente, pero le recomendamos " +"encarecidamente que se asegure que esos campos se han establecido " +"correctamente de acuerdo con sus necesidades contables y que los adapte, si " +"es necesario." #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 msgid "Messages tab" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index b8143e345..7c7a069d7 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Éder Brito , 2021 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/index.rst:3 msgid "Odoo Documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Documentação do Odoo" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index b4373a5bd..fce760c23 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1657,10 +1657,12 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " "information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" +":doc:`Нажмите сюда <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` для получения " +"дополнительной информации по синхронизации с этим банком." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ручная настройка" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1668,6 +1670,9 @@ msgid "" "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually." msgstr "" +"Если ваше банковское учреждение не может быть синхронизировано автоматически" +" или если вы предпочитаете не синхронизировать его с базой данных, вы также " +"можете настроить свой банковский счет вручную. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1675,16 +1680,19 @@ msgid "" "Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" " out the form." msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить новый банковский счет вручную, перейдите в " +":menuselection:`БухУчет --> Конфигурация`, нажмите *Добавить банковский " +"счет*, затем *Создать* и заполните форму. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Название**: название банковского счета отображаемое в Odoo. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Номер счета**: номер вашего банковского счета (IBAN в Европе). " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 @@ -1692,6 +1700,9 @@ msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" +"**Банк**: нажмите *Создать и Изменить*, чтобы настроить реквизиты банка. " +"Добавьте название банковского учреждения и его идентификационный код (BIC " +"или SWIFT). " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 @@ -1699,6 +1710,8 @@ msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" +"**Код**: данный код - *Сокращенный код* вашего Журнала, отображаемый в Odoo." +" По умолчанию, Odoo создает новый Журнал с этим сокращенным кодом. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 @@ -1708,16 +1721,23 @@ msgid "" "you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " "account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" +"**Журнал**: это поле отображается, если у вас есть банковский журнал, " +"который еще не связан с банковским счетом. Если это так, то выберите " +"*Журнал*, который вы хотите использовать для записи финансовых транзакций, " +"связанных с этим банковским счетом, или создайте новый, нажав *Создать и " +"Изменить*. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " "accordingly." msgstr "" +"Odoo определяет тип банковского счета (например, IBAN) и в соответствии с " +"этим включает некоторые функции. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "расширенные настройки" +msgstr "Расширенные настройки" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -1725,6 +1745,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " "modify." msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить существующий банковский счет, перейдите в " +":menuselection:`БухУчет --> Конфигурация --> Банковские счета` и откройте " +"банковский счет, который вы хотите отредактировать." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -1734,6 +1757,12 @@ msgid "" " your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " "the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно отредактировать данные банковского счета, перейдите в поле " +"*Банковский счет* и нажмите кнопку *Внешняя ссылка* рядом со стрелкой " +"списка. Здесь вы можете изменить номер банковского счета, владельца счета, " +"имя владельца счета и реквизиты вашего банковского учреждения, нажав на " +"*Внешнюю ссылку* рядом с полем *Банк*. Эти данные используются для " +"регистрации некоторых платежей. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -1741,24 +1770,27 @@ msgid "" "Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " "in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" +"Вы можете настроить разрешенные типы платежей в разделе **Типы способов " +"оплаты**, а как записывать и разносить банковские выписки - в разделе " +"**Банковские Выписки**. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Изучение Odoo: Основы бухгалтерского учета `_ " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте банком в иностранной валюте " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1768,10 +1800,10 @@ msgid "" "the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " "transaction." msgstr "" -"В Odoo каждая операция фиксируется в валюте по умолчанию компании. Отчеты " -"составляются с учетом валюты компании. Но для операций, происходящих в " -"другой валюте, Odoo сохраняет как стоимость в валюте компании, так и " -"стоимость в валюте операции." +"В Odoo каждая операция фиксируется в валюте компании, указанной по " +"умолчанию. Отчеты составляются с учетом валюты компании. Но для операций, " +"проводимых в другой валюте, Odoo сохраняет значение как в валюте компании, " +"так и в валюте операции." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1783,23 +1815,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "Дебет / кредит в валюте компании" +msgstr "Дебет/Кредит в валюте компании" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "Дебет / кредит в валюте банковского счета" +msgstr "Дебет/Кредит в валюте банковского счета" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." msgstr "" -"Курсы валют обновляются автоматически с помощью модуля синхронизации с " -"Нацбанком Украины." +"Курсы валют обновляются автоматически посредством синхронизации с yahoo.com " +"либо с веб-сервисом Европейского Центрального банка." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "Активируйте мультивалютную функцию" +msgstr "Активируйте функцию мультивалютности" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1810,11 +1842,10 @@ msgid "" "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" "Чтобы ваша компания могла работать с несколькими валютами, нужно включить " -"режим мультивалют. В бухгалтерской программе перейдите к разделу " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " -"Features` убедитесь, что обозначено поле ** Разрешить мультивалютность **. " -"Предоставьте учет ** доходов / расходов курсовой разницы ** и нажмите ** " -"Применить **." +"режим мультивалютности. В приложении для бухучета перейдите к разделу " +":menuselection:`Конфигурация --> Настройки --> БухУчет & Финансы` и " +"убедитесь, что включена опция **Разрешить мультивалютность**. Выберите счет " +"**Доходы / Расходы при Обмене Валют** и нажмите **Применить**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" @@ -1828,12 +1859,12 @@ msgid "" "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -"После того, как Odoo будет настроено на поддержку нескольких валют, вам " -"необходимо включить валюты, с которыми вы планируете работать. Чтобы сделать" -" это, перейдите в меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Все " -"валюты создаются по умолчанию, но вам следует активировать те, с которым вы " -"планируете поддерживать (чтобы активировать валюту, отметьте это поле, как " -""Активно")." +"После того, как Odoo настроен для поддержки нескольких валют, вам необходимо" +" включить валюты, с которыми вы планируете работать. Чтобы это сделать, " +"перейдите в меню :menuselection:`Конфигурация --> Валюты`. Все валюты " +"создаются по умолчанию, но вам следует активировать те, с которым вы " +"планируете работать (чтобы активировать валюту, отметьте это поле как " +"\"Активно\")." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1843,12 +1874,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "После активации валют вы можете настроить параметры для автоматизации " "обновления курса валюты. Эти параметры также находятся в настройках " -"бухгалтерской программы в нижней части страницы:" +"приложения для БухУчета в нижней части страницы:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите на ссылку ** Обновить сейчас **, чтобы обновить курсы валют сейчас." +msgstr "Нажмите на ссылку **Обновить сейчас**, чтобы обновить курсы валют." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" @@ -1859,9 +1889,9 @@ msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "" -"В бухгалтерской программе мы сначала переходим к " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account`, и создаем " -"новый." +"В приложении БухУчета мы сначала переходим в меню " +":menuselection:`Конфигурация --> БухУчет / Банковский счет`, и создаем новый" +" счет." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -1883,7 +1913,7 @@ msgid "" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" "Информация о банковском счете в нижнем углу ваших счетов-фактур, если " -"обозначено ** Показать в нижней части счета-фактуры **" +"включена опция **Показать в нижней части счета-фактуры**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" @@ -1902,15 +1932,16 @@ msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" -"В :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills`, то, что вы можете видеть:" +"В меню :menuselection:`Покупки --> Счета от поставщиков`, то, что вы можете " +"видеть:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" -"Когда вы готовы оплатить этот счет, нажмите зарегистрировать платеж на " -"счету, чтобы записать платеж." +"Когда вы готовы оплатить этот счет от поставщика, нажмите зарегистрировать " +"платеж на форме данного счета, чтобы записать платеж." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1920,17 +1951,18 @@ msgid "" "and the payment date." msgstr "" "Это все, что вам нужно сделать. Odoo автоматически публикует прибыль или " -"расходы в иностранной валюте при согласовании платежа по счету-фактуре, в " -"зависимости от того, увеличился или уменьшился курс валюты между счету-" -"фактуре и дате платежа." +"расходы связанные с обменом валют при сверке платежа по счету-фактуре, в " +"зависимости от того, увеличился или уменьшился курс валюты в промежутке " +"между датой счета-фактуры и датой платежа." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "" -"Заметьте, что вы можете оплатить иностранный счет другой валютой. В таком " -"случае Odoo будет автоматически конвертировать между двумя валютами." +"Заметьте, что вы можете оплатить счет от иностранного поставщика другой " +"валютой. В таком случае Odoo будет автоматически производить конвертацию " +"между двумя валютами." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" @@ -1942,9 +1974,9 @@ msgid "" "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -"Сверки с клиентами и поставщиками руководствуются в валюте счета. Таким " -"образом, сумма, которая принадлежит вашим клиентам (вашим поставщикам), " -"всегда выражается в валюте счета." +"Выписки по клиентам и поставщикам ведутся в валюте счета. Таким образом, " +"сумма, которая причитается вашим клиентам (поставщикам), всегда выражается в" +" валюте счета." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1952,9 +1984,9 @@ msgid "" "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "" -"Если у вас есть несколько счетов-фактур с различными валютами для одного и " -"того же клиента, Odoo разделит выписку клиента за валютой, как показано в " -"отчете ниже." +"Если для одного и того же клиента у вас есть несколько счетов-фактур с " +"различными валютами, Odoo выполнит разбивку выписки клиента по валютам, как " +"показано в отчете ниже." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -1966,9 +1998,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "В вышеупомянутом отчете дебиторская задолженность, связанная с Camptocamp, " "не управляется во вторичной валюте, что означает, что она сохраняет каждую " -"операцию в собственной валюте. Если вы предпочитаете этом, вы можете " -"установить дебиторской задолженности по этим клиентом во вторичной валюте, и" -" все его долги автоматически конвертируются в эту валюту." +"операцию в собственной валюте. Если хотите, вы можете установить дебиторскую" +" задолженность по данному клиенту во вторичной валюте, и все его долги " +"автоматически конвертируются в эту валюту." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1976,13 +2008,13 @@ msgid "" "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "" -"В таком случае в сверке с клиентом всегда только одна валюта. В общем, это " -"не то, что ожидает клиент, поскольку он предпочитает видеть суммы в валюте " -"полученных счетов-фактур." +"В таком случае в сверке с клиентом всегда указана только одна валюта. В " +"общем случае, это не то, что ожидает клиент, поскольку он предпочитает " +"видеть суммы в валюте полученных счетов-фактур." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Manage a cash register" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте кассовым ящиком" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1990,24 +2022,25 @@ msgid "" "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" -"Кассовый учет - это журнал для регистрации дебиторской и платежной операций." -" Он вычисляет сумму денег через общий баланс." +"Кассовый аппарат - это журнал для регистрации поступлений и платежных " +"операций. Он вычисляет сумму денежных приходов и расходов через общий " +"баланс." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "" -"Настройте наличный журнал :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Journals`." +"Настройте журнал для наличных в меню :menuselection:`БухУчет --> " +"Конфигурация --> Журналы`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -"Во вкладке Записи журнала можно настроить дебетовое и кредитное сообщение по" -" умолчанию, а также валюту журнала." +"Во вкладке Журнальные записи можно настроить Дебетовый и Кредитный счет по " +"умолчанию, а также валюту журнала." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 @@ -2017,7 +2050,7 @@ msgstr "Использование" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "Как зарегистрировать денежные оплаты?" +msgstr "Как зарегистрировать оплату наличными?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -2032,8 +2065,8 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " -"Transactions`" +"Перейдите в :menuselection:`БухУчет --> Панель управления --> Наличные --> " +"Зарегистрировать транзакции`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" @@ -2047,7 +2080,7 @@ msgstr "Зарегистрируйте транзакции, указав кли #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "положите деньги" +msgstr "Внести деньги" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2056,12 +2089,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" "Вложенные деньги используются для размещения наличных вручную перед началом " -"ваших транзакций. Из окна Транзакции кассы перейдите к :menuselection:`More " -"--> Put money in`" +"ваших транзакций. Из отобразившегося окна Зарегистрировать Транзакции " +"перейдите в :menuselection:`Далее --> Внести деньги`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "Возьмите деньги" +msgstr "Снять деньги" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2069,22 +2102,23 @@ msgid "" "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -"Забор денег используется для сбора / получения вашей наличности вручную " -"после окончания всех ваших транзакций. Из окна Транзакции кассы перейдите к " -":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +"Снятие денег используется для сбора / получения вашей наличности вручную " +"после окончания всех ваших транзакций. Из отобразившегося окна " +"Зарегитрировать Транзакции перейдите в :menuselection:`Далее --> Снять " +"деньги`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." -msgstr "Операции будут добавлены к текущей регистрации денежных оплат." +msgstr "Операции будут добавлены к текущей регистрации наличных оплат." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Локализации для налогов" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "локализации" +msgstr "Локализации" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 @@ -2094,7 +2128,7 @@ msgstr "Аргентина" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 msgid "Webinars" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вебинары" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 @@ -2102,10 +2136,13 @@ msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." msgstr "" +"Ниже вы можете найти видео с общим описанием локализации и с инструкцией по " +"ее настройке. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." msgstr "" +"`ВИДЕО-ВЕБИНАР С ПОДРОБНОЙ ДЕМОНСТРАЦИЕЙ `_. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 @@ -2120,6 +2157,8 @@ msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" +"В Odoo v13 улучшена и расширена аргентинская локализация, в этой версии " +"доступны следующие модули:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -2128,6 +2167,10 @@ msgid "" " to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " "Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar**: этот модуль добавляет функции бухучета для аргентинской " +"локализации, которые представляют собой минимальную конфигурацию, " +"необходимую для работы компании в Аргентине и в соответствии с правилами и " +"инструкциями AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos). " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2136,6 +2179,10 @@ msgid "" "on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Добавляет отчет по НДС, который является юридически " +"обязательным в Аргентине и содержит подробную информацию о НДС продаж или " +"закупок, зарегистрированных в журнальных записях. Этот модуль также включает" +" сводный отчет по НДС, который используется для анализа счета-фактуры. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -2143,20 +2190,25 @@ msgid "" "requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " "AFIP regulations." msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: этот модуль включает все технические и функциональные " +"требования для создания электронного счета через веб-службу в соответствии с" +" правилами AFIP. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:34 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модули для аргентинской локализации " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:36 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите в меню *Приложения* и найдите Аргентину. Затем нажмите " +"*Установить* для первых двух модулей. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:42 msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте свою компанию " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -2165,6 +2217,10 @@ msgid "" "the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " "structure of the company:" msgstr "" +"После установки модулей, первым делом необходимо настроить данные вашей " +"компании. В дополнение к основной информации, ключевым полем для заполнения " +"является \"Тип ответственности AFIP\", которое представляет собой фискальные" +" обязательства и структуру компании: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "Chart of Account" @@ -2177,26 +2233,30 @@ msgid "" "considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" +"В настройках Бухучета есть три доступных пакета для Плана счетов, которые " +"связаны с типом ответственности AFIP определенной компании, исходя из того, " +"что для базовых компаний не требуется столько счетов, сколько компаниям, " +"которые предъявили более сложные налоговые требования: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:59 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monotributista (149 счетов). " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 счетов)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 счетов)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:67 msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте основные данные" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Учетные данные электронного счета" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:73 msgid "Environment" @@ -2207,6 +2267,8 @@ msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." msgstr "" +"Инфраструктура AFIP реплицируется на две отдельные среды: тестовую и " +"рабочую. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2215,28 +2277,38 @@ msgid "" "environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" +"Тестирование нужно для того, чтобы компании могли тестировать свои " +"разработки до того как они будут готовы перейти в рабочую среду. Поскольку " +"эти две среды полностью изолированы друг от друга, цифровые сертификаты " +"одного экземпляра недействительны в другом. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " "to select the environment:" msgstr "" +"Перейдите в меню :menuselection:`БухУчет --> Настройки --> Локализация " +"Аргентины` для выбора среды:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:88 msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сертификаты AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " "provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" +"Электронный счет и другие услуги afip работают с Веб-сервисами (WS), " +"предоставляемыми AFIP. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:91 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить связь с AFIP, первым делом необходимо запросить цифровой " +"сертификат, если у вас его еще нет. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -2244,6 +2316,9 @@ msgid "" "file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " "be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" +"Сгенерируйте запрос на подпись сертификата (Odoo). При выборе этой опции " +"создается файл с расширением .csr (запрос на подпись сертификата), который " +"будет использоваться порталом AFIP для запроса сертификата. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -2252,6 +2327,10 @@ msgid "" "`Get AFIP Certificate " "`_." msgstr "" +"Создание сертификата (AFIP). Войдите на портал AFIP и следуйте инструкциям, " +"описанным в следующем документе, чтобы получить сертификат. `Получение " +"сертификата AFIP " +"`_. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2259,6 +2338,9 @@ msgid "" "generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " "field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." msgstr "" +"Загрузите сертификат и закрытый ключ (Odoo). После создания сертификата его " +"необходимо загрузить в Odoo, используя карандаш рядом с полем «Certificado» " +"и выбрав соответствующий файл." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -2266,6 +2348,9 @@ msgid "" "the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " "`_." msgstr "" +"Если вам необходимо настроить сертификат соответствия, обратитесь к " +"официальной документации AFIP: `Сертификат соответствия " +"`_. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 @@ -2276,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "Партнёр" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип идентификации и НДС " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -2285,16 +2370,21 @@ msgid "" "for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " "default:" msgstr "" +"В рамках аргентинской локализации, типы документов, определенные AFIP, " +"теперь доступны на форме партнера, эта информация важна для большинства " +"транзакций. По умолчанию доступны шесть типов идентификации: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:129 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" +"Полный список типов идентификации, определенных AFIP, включен в Odoo, но " +"активны только общие." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:133 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип ответственности AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -2302,6 +2392,9 @@ msgid "" "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" +"В Аргентине тип документа, связанный с транзакциями клиентов и поставщиков, " +"определяется на основе типа ответственности AFIP, это поле должно быть " +"определено на форме партнера: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 @@ -2317,27 +2410,31 @@ msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" +"В рамках модуля локализации налоги создаются автоматически вместе с " +"соответствующим финансовым счетом и конфигурацией. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типы налогов" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:153 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" +"В Аргентине существует несколько видов налогов, самые распространенные из " +"них: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:155 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "НДС. Это обычный НДС и может иметь несколько процентов. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перцепция. Предоплата налога, который применяется к счетам-фактурам. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Удержание. Предоплата налога, применяемого к платежам " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "Otros." @@ -2345,7 +2442,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:161 msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Специальные налоги " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -2354,11 +2451,15 @@ msgid "" "creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" +"Некоторые аргентинские налоги обычно используются не для всех компаний, эти " +"типы налогов включены как неактивные по умолчанию, важно, чтобы перед " +"созданием нового налога вы подтвердили, не были ли они ранее включены в " +"неактивные налоги: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типы документов" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" From a040ad67974ce1bfb68c734986fe4cb3712780ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Odoo Translation Bot Date: Sun, 13 Jun 2021 02:30:16 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 2/7] [I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex --- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index de3ae230a..77e955922 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Pedro M. Baeza , 2021 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2021 # Javier Sabena , 2021 # josue giron , 2021 # David Sanchez , 2021 @@ -10188,6 +10188,10 @@ msgid "" "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" +"Odoo maneja informes tanto con criterios de devengo, como de flujo de caja. " +"Esto le permite informar ingresos / gastos en el momento en que ocurren las " +"transacciones (basado en devengo) o cuando se recibe o realiza el pago " +"(flujo de caja)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" From 0fcc6fc9d861da3f8caeab975782ad5d1d9b67ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jonathan Castillo Date: Fri, 11 Jun 2021 17:55:48 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 3/7] [FIX] contributing: wrong doc reference to "memento" --- content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst b/content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst index 8349a600c..7b78c24b0 100644 --- a/content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst +++ b/content/contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ Document metadata | `code-column` | | Show a dynamic side column that can be used to display interactive | | | tutorials or code excerpts. | | | | For example, see :doc:`/developer/webservices/upgrade` or | -| | :doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento`. | +| | :doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento`. | +-----------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | `hide-page-toc` | Hide the "On this page" sidebar and use full page width for the content. | +-----------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ From 3a915ce2d1d432b78648fd2e59bc31818695dc10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Mon, 14 Jun 2021 14:17:17 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 4/7] [FIX] conf: translate the theme Adding the templates_path to make the theme discoverable Courtesy of https://blog.1a23.com/2020/03/07/translate-text-in-sphinx-templates-and-configurations/ --- .tx/config | 5 +++++ conf.py | 1 + 2 files changed, 6 insertions(+) diff --git a/.tx/config b/.tx/config index 2b6ae98b8..f48963cf5 100644 --- a/.tx/config +++ b/.tx/config @@ -42,6 +42,11 @@ file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/services.po source_file = locale/sources/services.pot source_lang = en +[odoo-12-doc.theme] +file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po +source_file = locale/sources/sphinx.pot +source_lang = en + [odoo-12-doc.user_settings] file_filter = locale//LC_MESSAGES/settings.po source_file = locale/sources/settings.pot diff --git a/conf.py b/conf.py index b5fde0d2b..07452c3c5 100644 --- a/conf.py +++ b/conf.py @@ -130,6 +130,7 @@ github_user = 'odoo' github_project = 'documentation' locale_dirs = ['../locale/'] +templates_path = ['../extensions'] # custom docname_to_domain to divide the translations of applications in subdirectories sphinx.transforms.i18n.docname_to_domain = ( From 207bfd6684b9d0453cc1e02788e2078cc6896cf2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Mon, 14 Jun 2021 14:17:59 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 5/7] [IMP] extension: mark HTML content as translatable --- .../odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html | 6 +- .../odoo_theme/layout_templates/header.html | 2 +- .../odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html | 70 +++++++++---------- .../odoo_theme/layout_templates/page_toc.html | 2 +- 4 files changed, 40 insertions(+), 40 deletions(-) diff --git a/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html b/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html index 0031dbbda..27de05dc6 100644 --- a/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html +++ b/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-
Get Help
+
{{ _("Get Help") }}
diff --git a/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/header.html b/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/header.html index ff2cad8fd..29f4382c6 100644 --- a/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/header.html +++ b/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/header.html @@ -8,5 +8,5 @@
{%- include "layout_templates/language_switcher.html" %} {%- include "layout_templates/version_switcher.html" %} - Try Odoo for FREE + {{ _('Try Odoo for FREE') }}
diff --git a/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html b/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html index d277629d5..a7914fb80 100644 --- a/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html +++ b/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html @@ -1,64 +1,64 @@
-

Odoo Documentation

-

The comprehensive guide for Odoo users. Easily find the tutorial and helpful tips that suit your needs.

+

{{ _("Odoo Documentation") }}

+

{{ _("The comprehensive guide for Odoo users. Easily find the tutorial and helpful tips that suit your needs.") }}

- Try Odoo for FREE + {{ _("Try Odoo for FREE") }}
-

Applications

-

Master any app thanks to their end-user guides. Our wide array of functional workflows and processes are designed to help you unleash Odoo's potential.

-
Top Links
+

{{ _("Applications") }}

+

{{ _("Master any app thanks to their end-user guides. Our wide array of functional workflows and processes are designed to help you unleash Odoo's potential.") }}

+
{{ _("Top Links") }}
-

Administration

-

Easily setup your first Odoo installation. From downloads to day-to-day database administration, the dedicated tutorials have got you covered.

-
Top Links
+

{{ _("Administration") }}

+

{{ _("Easily setup your first Odoo installation. From downloads to day-to-day database administration, the dedicated tutorials have got you covered.") }}

+
{{ _("Top Links") }}
@@ -66,50 +66,50 @@
-

Developer

-

Learn to develop in Odoo by reading the framework references and programmer tutorials.

-
Top Links
+

{{ _("Developer") }}

+

{{ _("Learn to develop in Odoo by reading the framework references and programmer tutorials.") }}

+
{{ _("Top Links") }}
-

Services

-

Find out how to open a support ticket should you need to contact a Customer Service Representative.

-
Top Links
+

{{ _("Services") }}

+

{{ _("Find out how to open a support ticket should you need to contact a Customer Service Representative.") }}

+
{{ _("Top Links") }}
@@ -117,18 +117,18 @@
-

Contributing

-

You want to contribute to Odoo but don't know where to start? The tutorials and guidelines are there to help you make Odoo even better.

-
Top Links
+

{{ _("Contributing") }}

+

{{ _("You want to contribute to Odoo but don't know where to start? The tutorials and guidelines are there to help you make Odoo even better.") }}

+
{{ _("Top Links") }}
diff --git a/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/page_toc.html b/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/page_toc.html index e0e603363..c73d9f43e 100644 --- a/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/page_toc.html +++ b/extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/page_toc.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-

On this page

+

{{ _("On this page") }}

{{ toc }} {# this is the page TOC (or local toc) #}
From cafa11ac703c9e62c164d42bfb1ba2622d0557ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Mon, 14 Jun 2021 14:20:13 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 6/7] [I18N] *: export pot files Including the new sphinx.pot containing the theme translations (filename chosen by sphinx) --- locale/sources/finance.pot | 124 +++++++++------- locale/sources/general.pot | 64 ++++----- locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot | 135 ++++++++++------- locale/sources/productivity.pot | 183 +++++++++++++++-------- locale/sources/sales.pot | 126 +++++++++------- locale/sources/services.pot | 114 ++++++++++----- locale/sources/settings.pot | 20 ++- locale/sources/sphinx.pot | 166 +++++++++++++++++++++ locale/sources/websites.pot | 208 ++++++++++++++------------- 9 files changed, 750 insertions(+), 390 deletions(-) create mode 100644 locale/sources/sphinx.pot diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index 89e8eec04..5f7d3e044 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,20 +16,20 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:5 msgid "Finance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:318 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:5 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -212,6 +212,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button |manual04|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:52 +msgid "manual04" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking on **Reconcile # Items**." msgstr "" @@ -232,10 +237,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:76 +msgid "manual07" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:81 +msgid "manual08" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" msgstr "" @@ -341,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal account)." +msgid "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change the language of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal account)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 @@ -525,9 +540,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:185 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" @@ -768,7 +783,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" @@ -940,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 msgid "Setup" msgstr "" @@ -978,13 +993,12 @@ msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Cl msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 -msgid "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank accounts from another company." +msgid "If you are working in a multi-company environment, you'll have to switch the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank accounts from another company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:44 @@ -1019,6 +1033,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action menu" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:61 +msgid "image5" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" msgstr "" @@ -1195,7 +1213,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations.rst:5 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" @@ -1784,7 +1802,7 @@ msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users `here `__. If you use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise `__ or contact your Odoo service provider." +msgid "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users `here `__. If you use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise ` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 @@ -2020,7 +2038,7 @@ msgid "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione elettro msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 -msgid "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la relativa `guida `__." +msgid "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la relativa :doc:`guida `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 @@ -2345,7 +2363,7 @@ msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 -msgid "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgid "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if the invoice was agreed to be fully paid before the 17th of the next calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 @@ -2650,7 +2668,7 @@ msgid "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value '{http: msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 -msgid "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:" +msgid "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in another server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563 @@ -3143,12 +3161,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 msgid "Others" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:5 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "" @@ -3285,7 +3303,7 @@ msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset. Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that should be registered through a customer invoice." +msgid "If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completely this asset. Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that should be registered through a customer invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 @@ -3556,7 +3574,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be reversed at that date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:5 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "" @@ -4230,7 +4248,7 @@ msgid "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the prof msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 @@ -4426,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" @@ -4773,7 +4791,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account located on the product category is used to book the difference between the average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:5 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -5064,7 +5082,7 @@ msgid "Invoices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:5 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "" @@ -5092,7 +5110,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/reporting.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 msgid "Reporting" @@ -5398,7 +5416,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "" @@ -6020,7 +6038,7 @@ msgid "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see :doc:`appli msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgid "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 @@ -6031,7 +6049,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose **Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" @@ -6099,7 +6117,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall configuration of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:5 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "" @@ -6716,7 +6734,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Statement XYZ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:5 msgid "Process overview" msgstr "" @@ -7082,7 +7100,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:5 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" @@ -7293,46 +7311,46 @@ msgid "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale ord msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:171 -msgid "tip If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc: ../../../sale/invoicing/service/expense `*How to re-invoice expenses to your customers* `__" +msgid "If you want to learn more; check the documentation page :doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:174 msgid "Reimburse the employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:181 msgid "All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount due." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:188 msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 msgid "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:193 msgid "if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the invoicing policy on the product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:196 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:206 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" msgstr "" @@ -7400,7 +7418,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by \"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:5 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "" @@ -7768,7 +7786,7 @@ msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:122 -msgid "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** (the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error message to your Odoo partner." +msgid "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** (the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they don't, or cannot provide relevant information, please forward the error message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 @@ -8061,11 +8079,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:5 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "" @@ -8607,7 +8625,7 @@ msgid "A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% with msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:31 -msgid "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have commited the change planned on this object" +msgid "screenshot payment term forms, after QDP have committed the change planned on this object" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 @@ -8721,7 +8739,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer payment refund." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:5 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "" @@ -8763,7 +8781,7 @@ msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index 2499d9106..a741915d8 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:5 msgid "General" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:5 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "" @@ -434,86 +434,86 @@ msgid "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a S msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 -msgid "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations you can import, based on demo data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 -msgid ":download:`File for some Quotations `." +msgid "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 -msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines:" +msgid ":download:`File for some Quotations `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 -msgid ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines `." +msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 -msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective contacts:" +msgid ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:194 msgid ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 -msgid "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or \"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record depending if it's new or not." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +msgid "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or \"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:210 msgid "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 msgid "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like 'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for. (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a PostgreSQL database `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:226 msgid "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:232 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 msgid "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:245 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 -msgid "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1 who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 +msgid "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1 who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:256 msgid "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:5 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:5 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "" @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 -msgid "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgid "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow this guide to set up Unsplash information, since you will use our own Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 97a20e88d..db5fc54dd 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,20 +16,20 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Inventory & Mrp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "" @@ -245,10 +245,10 @@ msgid "Scan." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse and keyboard." +msgid "The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in information using the mouse and keyboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "" @@ -344,11 +344,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define your own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:5 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" msgstr "" @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:5 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "" @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 msgid "Overview" @@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From sales orders to delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:5 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "" @@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ msgid "Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product available for the next step." +msgid "This has completed the Receipt Step and the move referred with **WH/IN**. The product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product available for the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 @@ -1656,14 +1656,14 @@ msgid "Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to comple msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with **WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgid "This has completed the internal transfer step and the move referred with **WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "" @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the serial number corresponding to your search." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "" @@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage several location per warehouse** in the settings at :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "" @@ -2831,7 +2831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:370 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:359 -msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:371 @@ -3015,7 +3015,7 @@ msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:313 -msgid "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te **Inventory Variations** debited." +msgid "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and the **Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:348 @@ -3026,7 +3026,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "" @@ -3119,7 +3119,7 @@ msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "" @@ -3294,7 +3294,7 @@ msgid "To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to r msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:204 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -3569,7 +3569,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes it from the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:5 msgid "Process Overview" msgstr "" @@ -3685,7 +3685,7 @@ msgid "You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** but msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 -msgid "Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add some products to your quotation." +msgid "Fill in the **Customer information** and click on **Add an Item** to add some products to your quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 @@ -3756,7 +3756,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, **putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:5 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" @@ -3808,11 +3808,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure and use your scanner optimally." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "" @@ -3966,7 +3966,7 @@ msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 -msgid "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2 units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, proceed as follows:" +msgid "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer 2 units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 @@ -4272,7 +4272,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or **Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:5 msgid "Product Costing" msgstr "" @@ -4297,14 +4297,14 @@ msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 -msgid "Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines will be split accross your transfers lines." +msgid "Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines will be split across your transfers lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "" @@ -4586,11 +4586,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:5 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "" @@ -4670,6 +4670,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:129 +msgid "edit" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" msgstr "" @@ -5182,7 +5187,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking types and main child locations for this main location in the background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "" @@ -5512,7 +5517,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history underneath:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "" @@ -5732,7 +5737,7 @@ msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgid "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 @@ -5819,11 +5824,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" msgstr "" @@ -5968,6 +5973,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 +msgid "image0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:80 +msgid "image1" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 msgid "From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, create each component product as you would any other product, then create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route **Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." msgstr "" @@ -6105,11 +6120,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the BoM back in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:7 msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" @@ -6145,15 +6160,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:5 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:5 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:5 msgid "Master Data" msgstr "" @@ -6261,10 +6276,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|uom01|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132 +msgid "uom01" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom02|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 +msgid "uom02" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" msgstr "" @@ -6282,7 +6307,7 @@ msgid "Standard units of measures" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, **weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgid "Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. Please remember that different units of measures between sales and purchase necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, **weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 @@ -6345,7 +6370,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a **Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:5 msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" msgstr "" @@ -6358,7 +6383,7 @@ msgid "In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgid "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 @@ -6394,7 +6419,7 @@ msgid "If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgid "You can see how dependent from a supplier your company is;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 @@ -6458,7 +6483,7 @@ msgid "Customize reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgid "You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display some categories of data, while the **Group by** option improves the readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 @@ -6862,7 +6887,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:5 msgid "Purchase Agreements" msgstr "" @@ -6975,11 +7000,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:5 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:5 msgid "Replenishment Flows" msgstr "" @@ -7172,7 +7197,7 @@ msgid "As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines auto msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 @@ -7204,7 +7229,7 @@ msgid "The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgid "See also: :doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 @@ -7219,7 +7244,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes, a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an issue with the configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:5 msgid "Multi-Companies" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index 35e1b9b14..8e98c114a 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:5 msgid "Productivity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" msgstr "" @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgid "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:18 -msgid "Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation `__ to make it work." +msgid "Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation `__ to make it work." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:24 @@ -65,126 +65,167 @@ msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:40 -msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online unless you configure Odoo to force the outgoing \"From\" address (see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:44 msgid "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:48 msgid "How to use a G Suite server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:49 msgid "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:56 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:61 msgid "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:67 msgid "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:73 msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:86 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +msgid "Choose allowed \"From\" email addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different domain, and that can be a problem." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing `__ to opt-out invalid recipients." +msgid "For example, if a customer with address *mary@customer.example.com* responds to a message, Odoo will try to redistribute that same email to other subscribers in the thread. But if the domain *customer.example.com* forbids that kind of usage for security (kudos for that), the Odoo's redistributed email would get rejected by some recipients' mail servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:98 -msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:101 -msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM `__)," +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "To avoid those kind of problems, you should make sure all emails use a \"From\" address from your authorized domain." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:103 -msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk `__)," +msgid "If your MTA supports `SRS (Sender Rewriting Scheme) `_, you can enable it to handle these situations. However, that is more complex and requires more technical knowledge that is not meant to be covered by this documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:105 -msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Instead, you can also configure Odoo to do something similar by itself:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:107 -msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment `__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:115 -msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "In developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "Add one system parameter from these:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:120 +msgid "If you want *all* your outgoing messages to use the same \"From\" address, use the key ``mail.force.smtp.from`` and set that address as value (such as ``outgoing@mycompany.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +msgid "If you want to keep the original \"From\" address for emails that use your same domain, but change it for emails that use a different domain, use the key ``mail.dynamic.smtp.from`` and set as value the email address that should be used in those cases (such as ``outgoing@mycompany.example.com``)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing `__ to opt-out invalid recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:148 +msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:150 +msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:152 +msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:156 +msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:160 +msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:176 +msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:183 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:191 msgid "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers.rst:198 msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" @@ -436,11 +477,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:5 msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:5 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -764,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in the POS configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1045,10 +1086,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box `_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is connected." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None +msgid "IOT box auto detection." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 msgid "You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None +msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" msgstr "" @@ -1057,10 +1106,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None +msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 msgid "Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic Scale* option. Then, you hit save." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None +msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 msgid "The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None +msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index eca6c9e6f..972702f5c 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:5 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 msgid "Acquire leads" msgstr "" @@ -112,6 +112,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:73 +msgid "image0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:76 +msgid "image1" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 msgid "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" @@ -185,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:5 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "" @@ -201,6 +211,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None +msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "" @@ -213,6 +227,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 msgid "A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your challenge as follows:" msgstr "" @@ -245,6 +263,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be granted with a badge." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None +msgid "View of the challenge form and a challenge being created for Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 msgid "Set up goals" msgstr "" @@ -261,6 +283,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame based on your management preferences, etc." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None +msgid "View of the goal definition form and a goal definition being created for Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 msgid "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." msgstr "" @@ -273,6 +299,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None +msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -654,7 +684,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:5 msgid "Analyze performance" msgstr "" @@ -734,7 +764,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5 msgid "Organize the pipeline" msgstr "" @@ -862,7 +892,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "" @@ -871,7 +901,7 @@ msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected criterias." +msgid "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected criteria." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 @@ -891,7 +921,7 @@ msgid "You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgid "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criteria as you wish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 @@ -982,11 +1012,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:5 msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced topics" msgstr "" @@ -1170,7 +1200,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -1365,7 +1395,7 @@ msgid "By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to :menusele msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgid "You can set several criteria to use a specific price: periods, min. quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 @@ -1376,7 +1406,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly select the right pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/analyze.rst:5 msgid "Analyze sales" msgstr "" @@ -1404,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:5 msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" @@ -1500,7 +1530,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -1650,10 +1680,10 @@ msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section :doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/pos`" +msgid "To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect` and :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:5 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "" @@ -1693,7 +1723,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" msgstr "" @@ -1949,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and select the new table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Shop Features" msgstr "" @@ -2081,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have to process the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" @@ -2162,7 +2192,7 @@ msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 -msgid "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with **Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgid "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with **Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 @@ -2178,7 +2208,7 @@ msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 -msgid "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the **Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgid "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the **Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 @@ -2217,7 +2247,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -2266,7 +2296,7 @@ msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 -msgid "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgid "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of a consultant paying for a hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 @@ -2538,11 +2568,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "" @@ -2663,7 +2693,7 @@ msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 -msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minimum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 @@ -2743,10 +2773,10 @@ msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../../websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" @@ -2810,15 +2840,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:5 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sale_ebay.rst:5 msgid "eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" @@ -3024,54 +3054,54 @@ msgid "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration and can be alterated by customer pricelists." +msgid "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration and can be altered by customer pricelists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:36 msgid "Edit your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 msgid "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the quotation editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:49 msgid "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated to each product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:57 msgid "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations templates containing those products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:61 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:68 msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:71 msgid "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:75 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:84 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 msgid "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/services.pot b/locale/sources/services.pot index a5382f740..9fa0a5c8e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/services.pot +++ b/locale/sources/services.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,12 +16,12 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 -#: ../../content/services.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5 +#: ../../content/services.rst:5 msgid "Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/setup.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/main_concepts.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -103,94 +103,94 @@ msgid "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 -msgid "The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the documentation `*here* `__." +msgid "The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the documentation :doc:`*here* `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:90 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:92 msgid "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:100 msgid "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:103 msgid "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:107 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:109 msgid "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the Kanban view or on the ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:116 msgid "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first activate the setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:122 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:124 msgid "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:136 msgid "Grey - Normal State" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:138 msgid "Red - Blocked" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:140 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:142 msgid "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the Ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:149 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:151 msgid "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the timesheets will log against." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:158 msgid "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:164 msgid "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:168 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/getting_started.rst:175 msgid "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send an email to the customer asking how their service went." msgstr "" @@ -302,11 +302,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:5 msgid "Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ msgid "Create and set up a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 -msgid "You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with the`following setup:" +msgid "You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with the following setup:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 @@ -506,10 +506,10 @@ msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/application.rst:5 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" msgstr "" @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/configuration.rst:5 msgid "Configuration and basic usage" msgstr "" @@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning your project" msgstr "" @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By Users** section)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:5 msgid "Support" msgstr "" @@ -1447,6 +1447,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|green|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +msgid "green" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 msgid "October 2020" msgstr "" @@ -1514,6 +1529,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|orange|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +msgid "orange" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "April 2018" msgstr "" @@ -1529,6 +1560,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|red|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +msgid "red" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "October 2017" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/settings.pot b/locale/sources/settings.pot index 15ae1bf5a..2c25a03ca 100644 --- a/locale/sources/settings.pot +++ b/locale/sources/settings.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:5 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" @@ -61,10 +61,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|settings|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:126 +msgid "settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:128 +msgid "browse_users" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." msgstr "" @@ -101,6 +112,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|browse_apps|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:127 +msgid "browse_apps" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:84 msgid "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sphinx.pot b/locale/sources/sphinx.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..368d70bf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/sources/sphinx.pot @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html:3 +msgid "Get Help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html:5 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/footer.html:6 +msgid "Ask the Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/header.html:11 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:7 +msgid "Try Odoo for FREE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:4 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:5 +msgid "The comprehensive guide for Odoo users. Easily find the tutorial and helpful tips that suit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:14 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:15 +msgid "Master any app thanks to their end-user guides. Our wide array of functional workflows and processes are designed to help you unleash Odoo's potential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:16 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:42 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:71 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:98 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:122 +msgid "Top Links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:20 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:25 +msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:29 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:34 +msgid "Use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:40 +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:41 +msgid "Easily setup your first Odoo installation. From downloads to day-to-day database administration, the dedicated tutorials have got you covered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:46 +msgid "Installing Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:51 +msgid "Deploying Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:56 +msgid "Updating Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:61 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:69 +msgid "Developer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:70 +msgid "Learn to develop in Odoo by reading the framework references and programmer tutorials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:75 +msgid "ORM API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:80 +msgid "Building a Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:85 +msgid "External API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:90 +msgid "Command-line interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:96 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:97 +msgid "Find out how to open a support ticket should you need to contact a Customer Service Representative." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:102 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:107 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:112 +msgid "Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:120 +msgid "Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:121 +msgid "You want to contribute to Odoo but don't know where to start? The tutorials and guidelines are there to help you make Odoo even better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:126 +msgid "Write documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:131 +msgid "Content guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/page_toc.html:2 +msgid "On this page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/search.html:10 +msgid "Please activate JavaScript to enable the search functionality." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index 3350be0cf..712a4ab2d 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 14:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,15 +16,15 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:5 msgid "Websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:5 msgid "Manage my products" msgstr "" @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants list. You can reactivate them the same way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:5 msgid "Maximize my revenue" msgstr "" @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ msgid "let the customer choose the currency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: :doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgid "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 @@ -361,11 +361,11 @@ msgid "In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your custome msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -535,11 +535,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:5 msgid "Launch my website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:5 msgid "Get paid" msgstr "" @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ msgid "You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform `__." +msgid "To perform fictitious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide `__." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ msgid "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been confir msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgid "*Error*: an error has occurred during the transaction. The customer needs to retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 @@ -1053,16 +1053,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:198 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:200 -msgid "`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:202 -msgid "`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers `__" +msgid ":doc:`payment` :doc:`payment_acquirer`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 @@ -1133,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* or duplicate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:5 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "" @@ -1262,11 +1254,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website visitors, enjoy !" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:5 msgid "Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:5 msgid "Optimize" msgstr "" @@ -1370,6 +1362,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Link Trackers*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None +msgid "View of Website settings page emphasizing the link trackers field in Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 msgid "Set up traceable URLs" msgstr "" @@ -1378,6 +1374,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the campaign, medium, and source being used." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None +msgid "View of the link tracker fields for Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 msgid "**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a product's page)." msgstr "" @@ -1406,6 +1406,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the *Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those clicks." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None +msgid "View of the tracked list emphasizing the statistics buttons in Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 msgid "You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." msgstr "" @@ -1419,7 +1423,7 @@ msgid "Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those tracker msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 -msgid "The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../../sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgid "The integration with the :doc:`CRM ` application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 @@ -2134,7 +2138,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 msgid "Publish" msgstr "" @@ -2295,7 +2299,7 @@ msgid "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.co msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:105 -msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 @@ -2326,279 +2330,279 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read `__" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:47 +msgid "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. More information can be found :doc:`here `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:51 msgid "Create the menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:53 msgid "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:58 msgid "Switch from one website to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:61 msgid "As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to sign in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:70 msgid "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:73 msgid "Add features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:75 msgid "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by removing the menu item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:79 msgid "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. First, select the website to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:85 msgid "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they only impact the very website you are working on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:91 msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:93 msgid "languages," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:95 msgid "domain names," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:97 msgid "social media links," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:99 msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:101 msgid "dedicated live chat channels," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:103 msgid "etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:105 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 msgid "Manage domain names" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:110 msgid "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be redirected to the right website using Geo IP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:119 msgid "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "`Read the full documenation about domain names here `__," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "`Read the full documentation about domain names here `__," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:125 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:128 msgid "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:138 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:141 msgid "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:149 msgid "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:152 msgid "Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:156 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:158 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:160 msgid "Forums" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:162 msgid "Events" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:164 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:171 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:173 msgid "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website. You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration → Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:177 msgid "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:183 msgid "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:195 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:197 msgid "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:203 msgid "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website (products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:206 msgid "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:212 msgid "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:218 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:220 msgid "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:227 msgid "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website. You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:235 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:237 msgid "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:247 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:249 msgid "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 -msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation `__," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products → Pricelists` to create additional pricelists. Read :doc:`Pricelists Documentation <../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing>`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:255 msgid "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:261 msgid "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if *Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:268 msgid "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:274 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:276 msgid "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:286 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:288 msgid "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:295 msgid "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:299 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" From 0421e031418d5b552da9233c77fadf1910cd5d19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Trigaux Date: Mon, 14 Jun 2021 16:06:08 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 7/7] [I18N] *: export 13.0 source terms --- locale/sources/applications.pot | 4 +- locale/sources/finance.pot | 4059 +++++++++++++++----------- locale/sources/general.pot | 2746 +++++++++-------- locale/sources/index.pot | 4 +- locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot | 340 ++- locale/sources/marketing.pot | 325 ++- locale/sources/productivity.pot | 478 ++- locale/sources/sales.pot | 646 +++- locale/sources/services.pot | 687 ++++- locale/sources/sphinx.pot | 68 +- locale/sources/websites.pot | 198 +- 11 files changed, 6252 insertions(+), 3303 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/sources/applications.pot b/locale/sources/applications.pot index 4116b2d50..b643c8053 100644 --- a/locale/sources/applications.pot +++ b/locale/sources/applications.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,6 +16,6 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications.rst:5 msgid "Applications" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index a6ae7371f..7f025b1c2 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,19 +16,191 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:5 msgid "Finance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 -msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting and Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:19 +msgid "**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app that allows you to :doc:`issue invoices `, send them to your customers, and manage payments, including :doc:`online payments `. It works as a \"lighter\" version of Odoo Accounting, and you can upgrade it to Odoo Accounting if you need more advanced accounting features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:25 +msgid "**Odoo Accounting** is a complete and strong accounting app. The automation of processes is at the core of its development with its perfect integration with all Odoo apps and with features such as :doc:`AI-powered invoice recognition `, :doc:`synchronization with your bank accounts `, and :doc:`automatic suggestions for a simplified reconciliation process `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:33 +msgid "`Odoo Invoicing: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:34 +msgid "`Odoo Accounting: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:37 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:39 +msgid "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:43 +msgid "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:51 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:60 +msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:64 +msgid "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:68 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 +msgid "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:76 +msgid "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 +msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:94 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 +msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "Accounts Receivable and Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 +msgid "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:107 +msgid "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:112 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:114 +msgid "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:118 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:119 +msgid "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:122 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:125 +msgid "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 +msgid "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger. Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:152 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:154 +msgid "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions <../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:5 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "" @@ -89,6 +261,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import Statement*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:None +msgid "Import a bank statement file in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." msgstr "" @@ -97,6 +273,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:None +msgid "Register bank statements manually in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" @@ -154,6 +335,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting Features `_, and search for your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:None +msgid "checking a bank's compatibility with Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." msgstr "" @@ -256,6 +441,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:None +msgid "Automated Bank Synchronization of a Bank Journal in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." msgstr "" @@ -268,6 +457,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a **Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and enter your bank credentials." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:None +msgid "Synchronize Now button in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" @@ -345,14 +538,14 @@ msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgid "You can update your credentials in :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on *Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" @@ -394,7 +587,7 @@ msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 -msgid "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal account)." +msgid "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change the language of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal account)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 @@ -425,10 +618,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:None +msgid "Logo of the Ponto brand" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo <../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:None +msgid "Click on a bank institution to see which third party service is required to synchronize\n" +"your bank with Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 msgid "You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page `." msgstr "" @@ -449,6 +652,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Fill out the form to add an organization in Ponto" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" @@ -497,6 +704,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank statements." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:None +msgid "Configure the bank synchronization through Ponto on your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 msgid "It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option for all additional accounts." msgstr "" @@ -510,7 +721,7 @@ msgid "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the synchroniza msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -msgid "To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`, and go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 @@ -569,8 +780,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" @@ -674,8 +885,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will happen automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" @@ -725,6 +936,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None +msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model with a write-off button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 msgid "Suggest counterpart values" msgstr "" @@ -733,6 +948,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None +msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model that suggests counterpart values in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "" @@ -741,10 +960,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None +msgid "Example of a Reconciliation Model that matches existing invoices and bills automatically\n" +"in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None +msgid "Open the Reconciliation Model menu from the overview dashboard in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" @@ -754,7 +982,7 @@ msgid "Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new o msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "Type" msgstr "" @@ -778,6 +1006,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None +msgid "Conditions for the Reconciliation Model to be applied in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" msgstr "" @@ -790,6 +1022,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:None +msgid "Counterparts values of a Reconciliation Model in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" @@ -808,16 +1044,14 @@ msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -913,8 +1147,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:177 msgid "Setup" msgstr "" @@ -938,6 +1172,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None +msgid "Bank Journals Cards are displayed on the Accounting Overview in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" @@ -962,6 +1200,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None +msgid "Select a bank institution in the list and connect it to Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "" @@ -975,27 +1217,27 @@ msgid "To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:65 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:66 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:67 msgid "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:69 msgid "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:71 msgid "**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" @@ -1003,6 +1245,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features accordingly." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None +msgid "Add manually a new bank account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1019,8 +1265,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted in the **Bank Statements** section." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:None +msgid "Advanced configuration of a bank account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -1029,7 +1279,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:194 msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" @@ -1211,11 +1461,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:5 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" @@ -1380,8 +1630,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:142 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Taxes" msgstr "" @@ -1572,7 +1822,7 @@ msgid "Sequences" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 -msgid "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible under :doc:`developer mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>` can be used:" +msgid "In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible under :ref:`developer mode ` can be used:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:284 @@ -1873,9 +2123,9 @@ msgid "You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Typ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:514 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:642 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:5 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "" @@ -2019,14 +2269,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo Accounting settings includes a section for the Australian Loclization" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 msgid "More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "Enabling KeyPay Integration in Odoo Accounting displays new fields in the settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 msgid "You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "\"Account Details\" section on the KeyPay dashboard" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 msgid "The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with ``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" msgstr "" @@ -2035,6 +2297,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "The KeyPay \"Business ID\" number is in the URL" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." msgstr "" @@ -2047,10 +2313,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:None +msgid "Example of a KeyPay Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "Scheduled Actions settings for KeyPay Payroll in Odoo (debug mode)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 msgid "KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit must equal credit (like in Odoo)." msgstr "" @@ -2059,6 +2333,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:None +msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in KeyPay" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 msgid "For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You also need to choose the correct account types in Odoo to generate accurate financial reports." msgstr "" @@ -2091,6 +2369,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically with E-invoicing." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Chilean module to install on Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 msgid "When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." msgstr "" @@ -2111,6 +2393,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII register, follow the instructions on each section." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Chilean company fiscal data." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" @@ -2120,6 +2406,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is part of the main information required to generate electronic Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to send invoices to your customers." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Chilean edi environment settings." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" msgstr "" @@ -2128,6 +2418,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers, it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this configuration:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid "For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -2140,12 +2434,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Digital certificate access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Digital certificate configuration." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid "A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular user, just define the users in the certificate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "" @@ -2153,8 +2455,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part of the company configuration:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:5 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -2162,10 +2468,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your token provided by the SBIF:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Token configuration for currency rate service." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 msgid "Chart of accounts" msgstr "" @@ -2198,6 +2512,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential for most transactions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Chilean identification types for partners." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid "TaxpayerType" msgstr "" @@ -2206,14 +2524,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make sure this value is set:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Chilean taxpayer types for partners." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 msgid "As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 msgid "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Chilean taxes list." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" @@ -2246,6 +2576,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 msgid "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses documents." msgstr "" @@ -2259,7 +2593,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" @@ -2324,6 +2658,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Document type configuration on Journal." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 msgid "When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." msgstr "" @@ -2336,6 +2674,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Steps to add new sequences on journals." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." msgstr "" @@ -2360,6 +2702,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular sequence:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Sequences per document type on journals." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" @@ -2384,6 +2731,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Save the sequence." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Steps to add a new CAF on sequences." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 msgid "As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number and quantity available are updated:" msgstr "" @@ -2400,6 +2751,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" @@ -2412,301 +2767,401 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Document type selection on invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 +msgid "Documents type 33: Electronic Invoice must have at least one item with tax, otherwise the SII rejects the document validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:393 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 msgid "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:398 msgid "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:399 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Transition of DTE statuses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:414 msgid "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:419 msgid "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 -msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Descprtion of each DTE status in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 -msgid "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +msgid "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:442 msgid "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Email track once it is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:450 msgid "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:458 msgid "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 msgid "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Invoice tab with origin document number and data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:479 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:481 msgid "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Barcode and fiscal elements in the invice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 msgid "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:506 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Invoice Comercial status updated to Claimed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 msgid "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 msgid "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 msgid "Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this document as the one you’re using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:545 msgid "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64 in the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes sequences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:554 msgid "Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF on each sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:563 msgid "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Full invoice refund with SII reference code 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:571 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:573 msgid "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Partial refund to correct text including the corrected value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:581 msgid "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:592 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:594 msgid "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Credit note for partial refund to correct amounts, using the SII reference code 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:603 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:605 msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:615 msgid "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Debit note for partial refund to crrect amounts, using the SII reference code 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:623 msgid "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Invoice data on crossed reference section for debit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:630 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:632 msgid "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 -msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Creating a debit note to cancel a credit note with the SII code reference 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +msgid "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 msgid "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:648 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:649 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:653 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:655 msgid "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Messages recorded in the chatter with the reception notification for the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:665 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:667 msgid "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Acceptance button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is comercially accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:677 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:679 msgid "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Claim button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is comercially rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:698 msgid "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 msgid "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Columns and data displayed in the report Balance Tributario 8 Columnas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have been received by the SII." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:None +msgid "Parameters to required to generate the Report Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 msgid "Colombia" @@ -2810,7 +3265,7 @@ msgid "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options t msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 -msgid "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> Journals`." +msgid "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using the :ref:`developer mode `: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> Journals`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 @@ -2830,7 +3285,7 @@ msgid "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" @@ -3684,7 +4139,7 @@ msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users `here `_. If you use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise `_ or contact your Odoo service provider." +msgid "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users `here `_. If you use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise ` or contact your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 @@ -3716,7 +4171,7 @@ msgid "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `he msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgid "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 @@ -3804,7 +4259,7 @@ msgid "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgid "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the :ref:`developer mode `. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 @@ -3875,15 +4330,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "" @@ -4236,94 +4691,94 @@ msgid "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione elettro msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la relativa :doc:`guida <../../../../productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgid "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si può consultare la relativa :doc:`guida `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione elettronica." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:31 +msgid "Indirizzo PEC dell’Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:35 msgid "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:40 +msgid "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far sì che la Fatturazione Elettronica funzioni correttamente, questi campi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:44 +msgid "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al commercialista qual è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:48 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:55 msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:57 msgid "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di Commercio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:60 msgid "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:71 msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:73 msgid "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:77 msgid "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:88 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:90 msgid "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:103 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:105 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:107 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:109 msgid "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:112 msgid "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato” dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:116 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:118 msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:120 msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:122 msgid "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" @@ -4412,7 +4867,7 @@ msgid "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only ava msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:114 -msgid "Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:116 @@ -4568,7 +5023,7 @@ msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if it was agreed that the invoice would be fully payed before the 1st of the next calendar month (the month after the one in the CFDI date); any other condition will generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgid "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if it was agreed that the invoice would be fully paid before the 1st of the next calendar month (the month after the one in the CFDI date); any other condition will generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 @@ -4640,10 +5095,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "MX reports" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:344 msgid "Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to :menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button **Export for SAT (XML)**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "COA for SAT" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" @@ -4656,6 +5119,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones chosen to be used in the COA in XML." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "Create account" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:368 msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" msgstr "" @@ -4676,6 +5143,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "Electronic verification balance" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:392 msgid "All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any normal Odoo Report." msgstr "" @@ -4756,14 +5227,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:465 msgid "A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "DIOT filter" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "Print DIOT" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:478 msgid "Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" @@ -4776,6 +5259,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called \"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all your providers." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "DIOT configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are already configured correctly." msgstr "" @@ -4796,6 +5283,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "DIOT Error" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4887,6 +5378,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the books." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "Fiscal year" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "Accounting Closing Process" msgstr "" @@ -4903,6 +5398,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "Balance sheet closing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:585 msgid "The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." msgstr "" @@ -4911,10 +5410,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "Closing journal entry" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:595 msgid "Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a balance 0." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "Check BS closing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" @@ -4939,12 +5446,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "Multi currency configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:628 msgid "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:630 -msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." +msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the :ref:`developer mode ` enabled)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 @@ -4971,6 +5482,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:646 msgid "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" @@ -4988,7 +5503,7 @@ msgid "``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value '{htt msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:658 -msgid "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:" +msgid "This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:662 @@ -5043,6 +5558,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set 601, it will look like the picture." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "Fiscal position error" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." msgstr "" @@ -5060,6 +5579,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "Payment method error" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:726 msgid "``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" msgstr "" @@ -5081,6 +5604,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for Mexico, please correct it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:None +msgid "ZIP code error" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 msgid "``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.``" msgstr "" @@ -5093,6 +5620,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "Factor type error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +msgid "Rate error" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 msgid "``CCE159``" msgstr "" @@ -5266,6 +5801,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named *Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab. In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:None +msgid "Configure your Journal to display your ISR as payment reference on your invoices in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" @@ -5532,10 +6071,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install your country's module." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:None +msgid "Install the appropriate module as fiscal localization package in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:None +msgid "Select your country's fiscal localization package in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 msgid "Use" msgstr "" @@ -5556,7 +6103,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgid ":doc:`../../getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 @@ -5576,6 +6123,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization Packages ` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:None +msgid "Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" msgstr "" @@ -5940,12 +6491,1281 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "Initial Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:69 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number, in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:None +msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of :ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses ` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues ` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts. By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the *Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:None +msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:5 +msgid "When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:9 +msgid "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:13 +msgid "Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:22 +msgid "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None +msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:38 +msgid "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None +msgid "Add your company's details in Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:47 +msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:76 +msgid "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:90 +msgid "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:94 +msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:105 +msgid "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None +msgid "Setup of the Chart of Accounts and their opening balances in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:119 +msgid "There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:123 +msgid "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None +msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:142 +msgid "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:150 +msgid "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting which layout template, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:153 +msgid "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ *footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:None +msgid "Document layout configuration in Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:163 +msgid "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:168 +msgid "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:176 +msgid "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:179 +msgid "Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:187 +msgid "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:7 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:13 +msgid "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:18 +msgid "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:23 +msgid "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:29 +msgid "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:34 +msgid "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:40 +msgid "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:45 +msgid "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:50 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:56 +msgid "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse (liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:59 +msgid "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:66 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:71 +msgid "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment, an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:78 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:87 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:88 +msgid "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:92 +msgid "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:97 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:99 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:103 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:104 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:105 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:127 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:111 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:113 +msgid "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:121 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:126 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:134 +msgid "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:137 +msgid "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:141 +msgid "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:144 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:146 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:147 +msgid "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:162 +msgid "70" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:168 +msgid "65" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:166 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:170 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:174 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:174 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:181 +msgid "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:186 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:186 +msgid "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:190 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:189 +msgid "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled ` with the related invoice when processing the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:193 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:193 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:195 +msgid "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished, the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:203 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:205 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:207 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:208 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:212 +msgid "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:230 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:237 +msgid "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/memento.rst:248 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview.rst:5 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on **Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in :menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:5 msgid "Adviser" msgstr "" @@ -6081,7 +7901,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:5 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "" @@ -6266,7 +8086,7 @@ msgid "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and material please see :doc:`../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +msgid "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and material please see :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 @@ -6452,34 +8272,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Title**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" @@ -6749,7 +8541,7 @@ msgid "But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the prof msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: performance analysis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 @@ -6796,7 +8588,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" @@ -7453,1384 +9245,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 -msgid "The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 -msgid "When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number, in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 -msgid "The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it directly or set it according to your company's needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 -msgid "It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a Journal Entry has been posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 -msgid "To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 -msgid "Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also indicates the account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 -msgid "Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 -msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 -msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 -msgid "Generate opening entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 -msgid "To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector and select the right type among the following list:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 -msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 -msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of :ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses ` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues ` entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 -msgid "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the corresponding form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 -msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen for a product sale or purchase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 -msgid "Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts. By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow Statement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 -msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial Balance**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 -msgid "To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with the right Account Group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 -msgid "To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the *Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 -msgid "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 -msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 -msgid "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 -msgid "Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more information about Fiscal Localization Packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 -msgid "Company Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 -msgid "This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 -msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update Info**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 -msgid "Bank Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 -msgid "Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more information about this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 -msgid "If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 -msgid "You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 -msgid ":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information about Bank Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Accounting Periods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 -msgid "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 -msgid "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and indicate their initial opening balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 -msgid "Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double arrow button* at the end of the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 -msgid ":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to configure your Chart of Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 -msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 -msgid "There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app rather than the Accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 -msgid "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 -msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 -msgid "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting onboarding banner `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 -msgid "Invoice Layout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 -msgid "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 -msgid "You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ *footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 -msgid "Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 -msgid "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 -msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 -msgid "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers can pay you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 -msgid "Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay online, from their Customer Portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 -msgid "Sample Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 -msgid "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 -msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 -msgid "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 -msgid "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's reports include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 -msgid "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your own formulae." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger. Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 -msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 -msgid "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 -msgid "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 -msgid "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 -msgid "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 -msgid "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 -msgid "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 -msgid "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 -msgid "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 -msgid "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse (liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 -msgid "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 -msgid "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment, an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:87 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 -msgid "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 -msgid "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 -msgid "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 -msgid "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 -msgid "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 -msgid "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 -msgid "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank matching process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "70" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "65" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 -msgid "50" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 -msgid "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 -msgid "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 -msgid "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled ` with the related invoice when processing the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 -msgid "Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished, the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 -msgid "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 -msgid "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so efficiently and accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 -msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 -msgid "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 -msgid "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice directly if you would like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 -msgid "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely and precise manner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 -msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 -msgid "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. While these invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 -msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 -msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 -msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 -msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 -msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 -msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 -msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 -msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 -msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 -msgid "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any tax information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 -msgid "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then moves from the Draft state to the Open state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 -msgid "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a defined, and modifiable, sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 -msgid "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 -msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 -msgid "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 -msgid "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have entered the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 -msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 -msgid "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to your accounting localisation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 -msgid "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 -msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 -msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 -msgid "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 -msgid "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile them to pay this invoice. \"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 -msgid "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 -msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 -msgid "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 -msgid "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 -msgid "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 -msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 -msgid "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 -msgid "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your collection efforts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 -msgid "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 -msgid "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 -msgid "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your aged payable balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on **Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it correctly)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in checks in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in :menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:5 msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" @@ -8898,7 +9313,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by \"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:5 msgid "Vendor Payments" msgstr "" @@ -9261,7 +9676,7 @@ msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 -msgid "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** (the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error message to your Odoo partner." +msgid "Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** (the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they don't, or cannot provide relevant information, please forward the error message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 @@ -9340,6 +9755,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None +msgid "Configuration of an Assets Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" @@ -9358,6 +9777,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None +msgid "Selection of an Assets Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" @@ -9368,6 +9791,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Expense Account**, and save." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None +msgid "Change of the Assets Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." msgstr "" @@ -9383,6 +9810,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None +msgid "Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" msgstr "" @@ -9405,10 +9838,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None +msgid "Assets entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and at which date." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None +msgid "Depreciation Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 @@ -9459,6 +9900,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None +msgid "Create Asset Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 msgid "Modification of an Asset" msgstr "" @@ -9479,6 +9924,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart Button." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None +msgid "Gross Increase smart button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" msgstr "" @@ -9491,6 +9940,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None +msgid "Disposal of Assets in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 msgid "Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the amount it is sold for." msgstr "" @@ -9529,6 +9982,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that model." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None +msgid "Assets model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 msgid "Automate the Assets" msgstr "" @@ -9549,6 +10006,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:None +msgid "Automate Assets on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-account`)." msgstr "" @@ -9585,6 +10046,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None +msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Expense Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" msgstr "" @@ -9593,6 +10058,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the expenses must be deferred." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None +msgid "Selection of a Deferred Expense Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None +msgid "Change of the Expense Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." msgstr "" @@ -9613,10 +10086,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None +msgid "Deferred Expense entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and at which date." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None +msgid "Expense Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the most accurately possible." msgstr "" @@ -9646,6 +10127,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None +msgid "Create Deferred Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" msgstr "" @@ -9670,6 +10156,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None +msgid "Deferred Expense model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" @@ -9690,6 +10180,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see: `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:None +msgid "Automate Deferred Expense on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account** of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" @@ -9922,6 +10416,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:None +msgid "Activate the feature going to the settings application in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 msgid "Start digitizing your bills" msgstr "" @@ -9938,6 +10436,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the right information instead." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:None +msgid "Example of a scanned bill in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 msgid "The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the correct data." msgstr "" @@ -9978,7 +10480,7 @@ msgid "This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company' msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 -msgid "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to use Odoo Expenses." +msgid "Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. Click :doc:`here ` for more information on how to use Odoo Expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 @@ -9989,6 +10491,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:None +msgid "Fill out the draft purchase receipt in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 msgid "You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." msgstr "" @@ -10005,19 +10511,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values according to your needs, and click on *Post*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:None +msgid "Change the accounts used in the journal entry to record a purchase receipt." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:5 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "" @@ -10265,6 +10775,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None +msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Revenue Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*" msgstr "" @@ -10281,6 +10795,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None +msgid "Selection of a Deferred Revenue Account on a draft invoice in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" @@ -10289,6 +10807,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None +msgid "Change of the Income Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" @@ -10313,10 +10835,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None +msgid "Deferred Revenue entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which date." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None +msgid "Revenue Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the most accurately possible." msgstr "" @@ -10365,6 +10895,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None +msgid "Deferred Revenue model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" @@ -10385,6 +10919,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see: `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:None +msgid "Automate Deferred Revenue on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" @@ -10498,7 +11036,7 @@ msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 @@ -10514,7 +11052,7 @@ msgid "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you r msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 @@ -10562,15 +11100,15 @@ msgid "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoic msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 @@ -10582,7 +11120,7 @@ msgid "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. T msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 @@ -10733,6 +11271,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:None +msgid "Example of Payment Terms. The last line is the balance due on the 31st of the following\n" +"month." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" @@ -10785,6 +11328,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:None +msgid "The amount debited on the Account Receivable is split into two Journal Items with distinct\n" +"Due Dates" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 msgid "In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at the end of the following month.*" msgstr "" @@ -10849,6 +11397,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post* under *Default Sending Options*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:None +msgid "Under settings enable the snailmail feature in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 msgid "Send your invoices by post" msgstr "" @@ -10857,6 +11409,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by Post*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:None +msgid "Overview of an invoice and the option send by post available in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" @@ -10869,7 +11425,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:5 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "" @@ -10901,6 +11457,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch Deposit**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None +msgid "Payment Method Types in a journal's advanced settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 msgid "Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch payments when you activate the feature." msgstr "" @@ -10917,6 +11477,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* as Payment Method." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None +msgid "Registering a customer payment as part of a Batch Deposit in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." msgstr "" @@ -10933,10 +11497,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None +msgid "Filling out a new Inbound Batch Payment form on Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 msgid "Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on *Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by clicking on *Create*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None +msgid "Selection of all payments to include in the Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 msgid "Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to fill out." msgstr "" @@ -10949,6 +11521,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank statement line." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:None +msgid "Reconciliation of the Batch Payment with all its transactions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 msgid "If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." msgstr "" @@ -10985,6 +11561,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's **Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None +msgid "Add a SEPA Creditor Identifier to Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "" @@ -11001,6 +11581,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None +msgid "Fill out SEPA Direct Debit in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" @@ -11041,6 +11625,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is *Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None +msgid "Close or Revoke an SDD Mandate in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with an SDD payment." msgstr "" @@ -11081,14 +11669,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related *bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None +msgid "Start the SDD payments collection in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None +msgid "Create a batch payment with all the SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:None +msgid "Generate an XML file for your SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the payments." msgstr "" @@ -11146,7 +11746,7 @@ msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 @@ -11317,12 +11917,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue, you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:None +msgid "Payment acquirer choice after having clicked on \"Pay Now\"" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 -msgid "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer <../../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgid "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer `\" is the only Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 @@ -11337,12 +11941,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:None +msgid "Email with a link to view the invoice online on the Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:None +msgid "\"Pay now\" button on an invoice in the Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 @@ -11457,7 +12069,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`followup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:5 msgid "Declarations" msgstr "" @@ -11501,8 +12113,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None +msgid "Configure how often tax returns have to be made in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 -msgid "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up <../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgid "This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up <../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 @@ -11513,10 +12129,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None +msgid "see which tax grids are used to record transactions in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 msgid "To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record invoices or credit notes." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None +msgid "Configure taxes and their tax grids in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 msgid "Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation of your database. :doc:`Click here <../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" @@ -11541,6 +12165,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None +msgid "Lock your tax for a specific period in Odoo Acounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" @@ -11558,16 +12186,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the button *Closing Journal Entry*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None +msgid "Select the period for the tax return and create a closing journal entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 msgid "After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:None +msgid "download the PDF with your Tax Report in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 msgid "If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before, as described above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`../../getting_started/initial_configuration/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 @@ -11583,7 +12219,7 @@ msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 -msgid "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be activated." +msgid "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the :ref:`developer mode ` needs to be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 @@ -11862,11 +12498,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:5 msgid "Taxation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "Fiscal Year" msgstr "" @@ -12230,6 +12866,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:None +msgid "Odoo fills out the Tax field automatically according to the Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the Fiscal Position." msgstr "" @@ -12242,6 +12882,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:None +msgid "Define which taxes to use by default on Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 msgid "Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-specific." msgstr "" @@ -12270,6 +12914,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None +msgid "Example: Belgian to Intra-Community tax mapping with Fiscal Positions in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" msgstr "" @@ -12338,6 +12986,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these countries." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None +msgid "Example of settings to apply a Fiscal Position automatically" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 msgid "Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has logged in or filled out their billing details." msgstr "" @@ -12366,6 +13018,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:None +msgid "Selection of a Fiscal Position on a Sales Order / Invoice / Bill in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" msgstr "" @@ -12505,7 +13162,7 @@ msgid "Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see :doc:`fisca msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgid "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect which Customers should use this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 @@ -12548,10 +13205,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a tax." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None +msgid "Activate pre-configured taxes in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 msgid "To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None +msgid "Edition of a tax in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 msgid "Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" @@ -12750,6 +13415,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None +msgid "Allocate tax amounts to the right accounts and tax grids" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 msgid "**Based On**:" msgstr "" @@ -12782,6 +13451,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None +msgid "The Label on Invoices is displayed on each invoice line" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 msgid "Tax Group" msgstr "" @@ -12794,6 +13467,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal Positions `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None +msgid "The Tax Group name is different from the Label on Invoices" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 msgid "In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids. Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." msgstr "" @@ -12858,6 +13535,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include this tax, or add it directly to a product line." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:None +msgid "The eco-tax is taken into the basis of the 21% VAT tax" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 msgid "The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." msgstr "" @@ -12866,6 +13547,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax names." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:0 +msgid "The taxes' sequence in Odoo determines which tax is applied first" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" msgstr "" @@ -12886,6 +13571,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:None +msgid "Enable \"Verify VAT Numbers\" in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 msgid "VAT Number validation" msgstr "" @@ -12894,10 +13583,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the **Country** and **VAT** fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:None +msgid "Fill out the contact form with the country and VAT number before clicking on *Save*" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 msgid "When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an error message if the VAT number is invalid." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:None +msgid "Odoo displays an error message instead of saving when the VAT number is invalid" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 msgid "This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other fields' validity." msgstr "" @@ -12906,319 +13603,339 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`European Commission: VIES search engine `__" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:5 msgid "Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 +msgid "**Odoo Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. Employees can submit their expenses; managers can approve them; accountants can record them and process the payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:14 msgid "How to set expense types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:16 msgid "The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the real cost per expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:24 msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "Restaurant:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:34 msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:29 msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:31 msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 msgid "Hotel:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:36 msgid "Others:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:38 msgid "Cost: 0.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:48 msgid "The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 msgid "How to record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 msgid "As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of hotel nights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "Enter the expense date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:70 msgid "Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:72 msgid "Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and the accountant validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "In one click from emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:82 msgid "Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 msgid "The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in :menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* @mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:98 msgid "When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 msgid "You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button on the form view of an expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:111 msgid "All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses --> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:116 msgid "How to approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:118 msgid "HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 msgid "They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 msgid "As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:141 msgid "Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:148 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to *Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person is using Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:158 msgid "How to reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 msgid "You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:164 msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/payables/pay/check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:167 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:173 msgid "If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your customers automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:181 msgid "Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all your Expense types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 msgid "Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:187 msgid "Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:190 msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:192 msgid "At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 msgid "Create an order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:201 msgid "As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be added automatically once posted by the accountant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:206 msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:214 msgid "As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees are already able to set one when submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "Invoice expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 msgid "Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:234 msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:5 msgid "Sign" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:7 +msgid "**Odoo Sign** allows you to send, sign and approve documents online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:9 +msgid "You can upload any PDF file and add drag-and-dropping fields on it. These fields are automatically filled out with the user's detail if they are logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:13 +msgid "`Odoo Sign: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:16 msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:18 msgid "The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:23 msgid "In the European Union" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:25 msgid "The `eIDAS regulation `_ establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states of the European Union `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:29 msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:31 msgid "Electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:32 msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:33 msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:35 msgid "Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for qualified electronic signatures.”" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:40 msgid "Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:44 msgid "In the United States of America" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:46 msgid "The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) `_, at the interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic Transactions Act) `_, at the state level, provide the legal framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois `_ and `New York `_ have not adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:55 msgid "Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five criteria:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:57 msgid "A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to opt-out of electronically signing a document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:60 msgid "A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business electronically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:61 msgid "The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as supporting evidence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:63 msgid "The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:65 msgid "Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:70 msgid "The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney to obtain legal advice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index f96fcc569..b2dc2ef92 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,11 +16,224 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:5 msgid "General" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:22 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:24 +msgid "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:34 +msgid "This section contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:39 +msgid "You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online ` and :ref:`on premise ` installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:43 +msgid "If you have questions about the content of this section or if you encounter an issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our `support form `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:49 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:51 +msgid "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:54 +msgid "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:95 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:140 +msgid "settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:58 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:142 +msgid "browse_users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:61 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:66 +msgid "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:71 +msgid "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:79 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:81 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:84 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:86 +msgid "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate ` of your database before making any changes (*especially* installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:90 +msgid "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:95 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:141 +msgid "browse_apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:98 +msgid "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:105 +msgid "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:112 +msgid "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:117 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:120 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:122 +msgid "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we *do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:128 +msgid "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:135 +msgid "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:147 +msgid "Activate the developer mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:149 +msgid "The developer mode (or debug mode) gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:152 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:154 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None +msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:161 +msgid "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:164 +msgid "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:167 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:170 +msgid "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:172 +msgid "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None +msgid "View of odoo’s debug icon in a chrome’s toolbar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:179 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:181 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None +msgid "Overview of an url with the debug mode command added in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:188 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:191 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:193 +msgid "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:None +msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:201 +msgid "Mobile Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:203 +msgid "As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:206 +msgid "Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" @@ -81,7 +294,7 @@ msgid "Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data direct msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" @@ -91,6 +304,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*. The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None +msgid "Enable the Google Drive and Google Spreadsheet features in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password --> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." msgstr "" @@ -103,6 +320,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None +msgid "From the CRM application, for example, click on add to Google Spreadsheet in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "" @@ -123,6 +344,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> Username --> Password`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None +msgid "Menu called Odoo is shown on the settings bar in the Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" msgstr "" @@ -147,6 +372,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None +msgid "Table with examples of arguments to use in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" msgstr "" @@ -159,6 +388,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:None +msgid "Table with examples of grouped sum arguments to use in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" msgstr "" @@ -211,994 +444,1014 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 -msgid "Data Import" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt an import template" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 -msgid "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 -msgid "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 -msgid "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 -msgid "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the corresponding field using the search." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 -msgid "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it work straight away the very next time you try to import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 -msgid "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 -msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 -msgid "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating duplicates;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 -msgid "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those relations you need to import the records of the related object first from their own list menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 -msgid "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 -msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 -msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 -msgid "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx) or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries and even orders!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 -msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 -msgid "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is already done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 -msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 -msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 -msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 -msgid "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the corresponding field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 -msgid "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight on the very next time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 -msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 -msgid "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the **ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 -msgid "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it whenever possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 -msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 -msgid "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type *Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 -msgid "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the complete list of fields for each column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 -msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 -msgid "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 -msgid "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the **Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using the *ISO 8601* to define the format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 -msgid "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo whatever your locale date format is." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 -msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 -msgid "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will crash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 -msgid "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 -msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 -msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 -msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 -msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 -msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 -msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 -msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 -msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 -msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 -msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 -msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 -msgid "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse CSV file bar after you select your file)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 -msgid "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 -msgid "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet application?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 -msgid "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 -msgid "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> Encoding tab`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 -msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 -msgid "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 -msgid "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 different fields to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 -msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 -msgid "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID postgresql column" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 -msgid "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 -msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 -msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 -msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 -msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 -msgid "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, according to your need:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 -msgid "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that have been created manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 -msgid "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique Database ID)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 -msgid "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third party application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 -msgid "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will be able to make a reference to that record with columns like \"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for Products and their Categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 -msgid ":download:`CSV file for categories `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 -msgid ":download:`CSV file for Products `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 -msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 -msgid "If for example you have two product categories with the child name \"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 -msgid "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field 'Category'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 -msgid "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has multiple tags)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 -msgid "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and 'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column of your CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 -msgid ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 -msgid "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a Sales Order)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 -msgid "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is ``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some quotations you can import, based on demo data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 -msgid ":download:`File for some Quotations `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 -msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 -msgid ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 -msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective contacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 -msgid ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:226 -msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 -msgid "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or \"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record depending if it's new or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 -msgid "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:237 -msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 -msgid "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of assigning the default value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 -msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 -msgid "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each person and the company they work for)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 -msgid "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like 'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:256 -msgid "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for. (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a PostgreSQL database `)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 -msgid "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:267 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:276 -msgid "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the following SQL command in PSQL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:282 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:292 -msgid "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1 who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:298 -msgid "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 -msgid "Developer Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 -msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 -msgid "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 -msgid "Through the Settings application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 -msgid "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 -msgid "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 -msgid "Through a browser extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 -msgid "Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 -msgid "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use a single click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 -msgid "Through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 -msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 -msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 -msgid "Locate the mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 -msgid "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* button, located on the header of your pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 -msgid "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by post directly from my database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 -msgid "Buying Credits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 -msgid "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 -msgid "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free credits to test our IAP features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 -msgid "IAP accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 -msgid "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 -msgid "IAP Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 -msgid "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 -msgid "Get notified when credits are low" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 -msgid "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 -msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 -msgid "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your Database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 -msgid "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 -msgid "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 -msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 -msgid "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, find more information at: `In-App Purchase `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 -msgid "As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 -msgid "Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 -msgid "Multi Companies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 -msgid "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the overall management process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 -msgid "Manage companies and records" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are active)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 -msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 -msgid "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the environment in use is of *JS Store US*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 -msgid "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 -msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 -msgid "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that specific company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 -msgid "Employees' access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 -msgid "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights <../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 -msgid "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is **editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 -msgid "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US (the company from which the sale order was issued)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 -msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 -msgid "The current company (the one active) or," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 -msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 -msgid "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record is being edited)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 -msgid "Documents’ format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 -msgid "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select* the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document Layout*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 -msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 -msgid "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`Chart of Accounts <../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 -msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:94 -msgid "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level or at a sales/purchase orders level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:102 -msgid "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:105 -msgid "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:112 -msgid "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:116 -msgid "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:125 -msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between the companies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:128 -msgid "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 -msgid "`Multi-company Guidelines `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and each user can use Odoo in his own language ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 -msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 -msgid "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 -msgid "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 -msgid "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option to change the navigation language on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 -msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 -msgid "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 -msgid "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click **SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 -msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 -msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 -msgid "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred language." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 -msgid "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users --> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can change the Language to any previously installed language and click **SAVE.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 -msgid "Export Data From Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:10 msgid "When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities (even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available application)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:14 msgid "With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so, activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on *Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:None +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:22 msgid "Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:None +msgid "overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:30 msgid "With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, not just the ones which can be imported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:36 msgid "When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With .csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:39 msgid "Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 -msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 -msgid "The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported file." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:48 msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:49 msgid "For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on *New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export the same list, simply select the related template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:56 msgid "It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, *Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what you would like to import next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 -msgid "Users and Access Rights" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 -msgid "Add individual users" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx) or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries and even orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 -msgid "Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access Rights ` choose the group within each application the user can have access to." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:77 +msgid "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 -msgid "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the database." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:82 +msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 -msgid "When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the invitation and create a login." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:84 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 -msgid "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our `pricing page `_ for more information." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 -msgid "With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>` activated, *User Types* can be selected." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:375 +msgid "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 -msgid "The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:91 +msgid "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 -msgid "Passwords management" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:99 +msgid "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 -msgid "Reset passwords" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:103 +msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 -msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:105 +msgid "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the **ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 -msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:113 +msgid "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate **Password Reset** and *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:119 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 -msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:121 +msgid "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type *Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:130 +msgid "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 -msgid "The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:138 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 -msgid "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:140 +msgid "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 -msgid "Change users’ passwords" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:146 +msgid "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the **Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change Password*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:151 +msgid "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 -msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:156 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 -msgid "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions `." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:158 +msgid "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 -msgid "Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:163 +msgid "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:165 +msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 -msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 -msgid "Groups" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 -msgid "When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights `, details of the rules and inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an application." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 -msgid "Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative rights are shown in black." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 -msgid "*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to *Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 -msgid "Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that they are being applied to the needed and right users." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 -msgid "The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have access to." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:173 +msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 -msgid "*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:175 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:179 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:181 +msgid "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:185 +msgid "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 -msgid "As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:190 +msgid "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 -msgid "A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, *Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:192 +msgid "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 -msgid "Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:197 +msgid "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 -msgid "The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple companies database you hold the user can have access." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:201 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 -msgid "Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is required. For technical explanations refer to `this `_ documentation." +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:203 +msgid "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:208 +msgid "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:210 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:215 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:217 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:221 +msgid "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:224 +msgid "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:226 +msgid "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:229 +msgid "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:231 +msgid "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will be able to make a reference to that record with columns like \"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:236 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for categories `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:239 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for Products `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:243 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:245 +msgid "If for example you have two product categories with the child name \"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:251 +msgid "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field 'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:255 +msgid "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:257 +msgid "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and 'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:261 +msgid ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:265 +msgid "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:267 +msgid "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is ``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:274 +msgid ":download:`File for some Quotations `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:276 +msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:279 +msgid ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:281 +msgid "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:283 +msgid ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:286 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:288 +msgid "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or \"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:293 +msgid "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:297 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:299 +msgid "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:304 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:306 +msgid "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:310 +msgid "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like 'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:316 +msgid "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for. (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:321 +msgid "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:327 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:336 +msgid "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:342 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:352 +msgid "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1 who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:358 +msgid "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:363 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:365 +msgid "Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:371 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:373 +msgid "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:380 +msgid "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:387 +msgid "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:391 +msgid "Why an \"ID\" column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:393 +msgid "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:396 +msgid "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:398 +msgid "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:402 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:404 +msgid "An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those relations you need to import the records of the related object first from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:408 +msgid "You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by post directly from my database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +msgid "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +msgid "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +msgid "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:133 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:5 +msgid "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:11 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None +msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:22 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:0 +msgid "View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:31 +msgid "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None +msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:40 +msgid "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:44 +msgid "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None +msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights ` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None +msgid "View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n" +"in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is **editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US (the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select* the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`Chart of Accounts <../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`Warehouses <../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:97 +msgid "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:105 +msgid "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:108 +msgid "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None +msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:115 +msgid "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:119 +msgid "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:None +msgid "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:128 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:131 +msgid "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:15 +msgid "Odoo embeds several **payment acquirers** that allow your customers to pay on their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their favorite payment methods such as **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "Offering several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:None +msgid "Pay online in the customer portal and select which payment acquirer to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo apps delegate the handling of sensitive information to the certified payment acquirer so that you don't ever have to worry about PCI compliance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:31 +msgid "This means that no sensitive information (such as credit card numbers or credentials) is stored on Odoo servers or Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a unique reference number to the data stored safely in the payment acquirers' systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:38 msgid "Payment Acquirers" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:40 +msgid "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:47 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here <../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:60 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:66 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:68 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:73 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:80 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:82 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:88 +msgid "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank Accounts <../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:99 +msgid "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above ` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:105 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:107 +msgid "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to *Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:None +msgid "Click on install, then on activate to make the payment acquirer available on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:117 +msgid "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:125 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:127 +msgid "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use. Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:131 +msgid "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:137 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:139 +msgid "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:145 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:147 +msgid "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:154 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:156 +msgid "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:166 +msgid "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:177 +msgid "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:188 +msgid "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new **Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:196 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:198 +msgid "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with **Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:210 +msgid "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*, on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer* to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:216 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:219 +msgid "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as *Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:227 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:228 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:231 +msgid "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new **Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:236 +msgid ":doc:`../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:237 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:239 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" msgstr "" @@ -1207,8 +1460,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None +msgid "Authorize.Net logo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgid "This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <../payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to process your customer's payment after delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 @@ -1239,6 +1496,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings --> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and **Signature Key**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None +msgid "Generate your Transaction Key and Signature Key on your Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 msgid "`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide `__" @@ -1253,7 +1514,7 @@ msgid "To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to :menuselect msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 -msgid "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation ` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgid "Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation <../payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 @@ -1273,11 +1534,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 -msgid "Payment Flow" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 msgid "The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the **Configuration** tab." msgstr "" @@ -1322,10 +1578,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None +msgid "Authorize.Net Configuration tab on Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 msgid "To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:None +msgid "Hold the credit card payment until you capture or revoke it on Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 msgid "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by Authorize.net." msgstr "" @@ -1336,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgid ":doc:`../payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 @@ -1344,282 +1608,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that accept **Credit Cards**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 -msgid "Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 -msgid "Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your credentials for the payment acquirer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 -msgid "From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 -msgid "Bank Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received it on your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here <../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more information about this payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 -msgid "Online Payment Providers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Payment from Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Save Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Capture Amount Manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -msgid "✔" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -msgid "Alipay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -msgid "PayUMoney" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -msgid "SIPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 -msgid "Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 -msgid "Some of the features described in this section are available only with some Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above ` for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 -msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 -msgid "To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to *Enabled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 -msgid "We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on your main database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 -msgid "Credentials tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 -msgid "If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use. Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 -msgid "The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 -msgid "Configuration tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 -msgid "You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 -msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 -msgid "With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' recurring payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 -msgid "Place a hold on a card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 -msgid "If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from the customer's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 -msgid "Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 -msgid "Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 -msgid "Countries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 -msgid "Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 -msgid "Payment Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 -msgid "The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 -msgid "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new **Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt them if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 -msgid "Messages tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 -msgid "Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 -msgid "Accounting perspective" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 -msgid "The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with **Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for advice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 -msgid "Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*, on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer* to your *Bank Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 -msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 -msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 -msgid "Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as *Post At Payment Validation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the Online Payment Provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 -msgid "Current Asset Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 -msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 -msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 -msgid "In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new **Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can modify them if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`authorize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" msgstr "" @@ -1864,6 +1852,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to do." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:None +msgid "Select and add icons of payment methods you want to enable" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 msgid "If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." msgstr "" @@ -1908,123 +1900,431 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:5 +msgid "Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you boost productivity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 -msgid "Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you to boost productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:11 msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:14 msgid "Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, *Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:16 msgid "On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags` you can create new or edit existing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None +msgid "Click on Create to create Tags in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:23 msgid "You can also create them on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None +msgid "Type the name of the tag on the field and create and edit a tag in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:29 msgid "Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None +msgid "Click on the tag and choose a color in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:38 msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:40 msgid "Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags --> Action --> Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None +msgid "Select a tag and click on action then delete to delete it from the database in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:48 msgid "Use tags as a parameter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:50 msgid "On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None +msgid "Apply tags as filters in Odoo Marketing Automation application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:59 msgid "Use tags for reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:61 msgid "To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific purpose, you can also add tags." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/tags.rst:None +msgid "Apply tags to create reports in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 -msgid "**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:9 +msgid "**As a SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:13 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Saas users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:15 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:17 msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard `_ and click on **New Application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:23 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:28 msgid "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a **Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on **Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:35 msgid "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit to find your **access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:42 msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:46 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:49 +msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 -msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:51 msgid "Go to your `applications dashboard `_ and click on your newly created Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:57 msgid "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:65 msgid "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 +msgid "Users settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:13 +msgid "Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`users/language`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`users/access_rights`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:24 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:26 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:35 +msgid "Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access Rights ` choose the group within each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:36 +msgid "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None +msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:42 +msgid "When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None +msgid "View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been sent in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:50 +msgid "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our `pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:54 +msgid "With the :ref:`developer mode ` activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None +msgid "View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:61 +msgid "The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:68 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:73 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:78 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:80 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:82 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate **Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None +msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:91 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:93 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:98 +msgid "The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:101 +msgid "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None +msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:111 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:113 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None +msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:120 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:123 +msgid "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:127 +msgid "Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:135 +msgid "The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:139 +msgid "Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this ` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:None +msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:149 +msgid ":doc:`multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`../general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:3 +msgid "Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:5 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:9 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:14 +msgid "When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights `, details of the rules and inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:16 +msgid "Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:22 +msgid "*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to *Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32 +msgid "Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:35 +msgid "The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:42 +msgid "*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:45 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:46 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:47 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:48 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:55 +msgid "As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:58 +msgid "A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, *Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:None +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:65 +msgid "Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 +msgid "Change language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and each user can use Odoo in his own language ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:9 +msgid "Load your desired language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:11 +msgid "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:14 +msgid "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:23 +msgid "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option to change the navigation language on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:27 +msgid "Change your language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:29 +msgid "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:36 +msgid "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click **SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:42 +msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:45 +msgid "Change another user's language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:47 +msgid "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:50 +msgid "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users --> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can change the Language to any previously installed language and click **SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" @@ -2241,6 +2541,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None +msgid "VoIP module installation on an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" @@ -2257,46 +2561,74 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill out the section **PBX Configuration**:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None +msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:37 +msgid "Configure the VOIP user in the Odoo's user" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill out the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:42 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None +msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:50 msgid "You can find all this information by logging in at https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 -msgid "Phone Calls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 -msgid "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 -msgid "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 -msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." +msgid "Phone Calls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:60 +msgid "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:62 +msgid "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:None +msgid "Incoming VoIP call in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:72 msgid "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "\"Missing Parameter\" error message in the Odoo softphone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:80 msgid "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by the international country code. E.g., +16506913277 (where +1 is the international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "\"Incorrect Number\" error message in the Odoo softphone" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/index.pot b/locale/sources/index.pot index 104ecba5e..e568a2f37 100644 --- a/locale/sources/index.pot +++ b/locale/sources/index.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,6 +16,6 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +#: ../../content/index.rst:5 msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 48518a53e..625bdfa8d 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,19 +16,19 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Inventory & Mrp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "" @@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 msgid "Overview" @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 -msgid "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgid "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ msgid "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:5 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "" @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document. Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "" @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "" @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:5 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "" @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 @@ -1050,6 +1050,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None +msgid "View of the features to enable in order to use multi-step routes for goods reception" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 msgid "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" @@ -1062,6 +1066,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None +msgid "View of the incoming shipment strategy to choose to receive goods in three steps" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." msgstr "" @@ -1082,6 +1090,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None +msgid "View of the three moves created by the purchase of products in three steps strategy" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" msgstr "" @@ -1094,18 +1106,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None +msgid "View of the button to click to see the receipts that need to be processed" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None +msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the reception area to the warehouse input area" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes *Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the transfer can be directly validated." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None +msgid "View of the button to click to see the internal transfers that need to be processed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None +msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the input area to the quality control area" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 msgid "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock location." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:None +msgid "View of the move (internal transfer) from the quality control area to the stock" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" msgstr "" @@ -1170,7 +1203,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "" @@ -1498,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "" @@ -1690,7 +1723,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will be included in the SMS template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "" @@ -1754,10 +1787,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is automatically computed based on the different lead times previously configured." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None +msgid "View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into account" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 msgid "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a warning message is displayed." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None +msgid "View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n" +"by Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 msgid "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure all the lead times that could occur." msgstr "" @@ -1771,6 +1813,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None +msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of April." msgstr "" @@ -1793,6 +1839,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None +msgid "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" @@ -1829,10 +1879,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None +msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the *Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead Time*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None +msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times depending on the vendor." msgstr "" @@ -1845,6 +1903,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None +msgid "View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" @@ -1861,6 +1923,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product. To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None +msgid "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the *MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of July is June 27th." msgstr "" @@ -1873,6 +1939,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:None +msgid "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." msgstr "" @@ -1974,14 +2044,14 @@ msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 -msgid "To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>` mode." +msgid "To use this feature, you have to activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:49 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "" @@ -2108,7 +2178,7 @@ msgid "On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box o msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:5 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "" @@ -2176,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the packing on the picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" msgstr "" @@ -2260,7 +2330,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "" @@ -2600,7 +2670,7 @@ msgid "It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on y msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 -msgid "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your accounting settings." +msgid "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and open your accounting settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 @@ -2807,7 +2877,7 @@ msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 -msgid "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te **Inventory Variations** debited." +msgid "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and the **Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 @@ -2967,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report (accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same information for a past date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -3067,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard* and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due to the creation of a new warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:5 msgid "Process Overview" msgstr "" @@ -3196,11 +3266,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "" @@ -3317,7 +3387,7 @@ msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2 units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, proceed as follows:" +msgid "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer 2 units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 @@ -3416,14 +3486,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also trigger all the route's rules." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 msgid "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "How does it work?" @@ -3446,7 +3528,7 @@ msgid "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 -msgid "All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery order." +msgid "All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 @@ -3501,6 +3583,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" @@ -3517,18 +3603,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 msgid "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 msgid "Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 msgid "Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the rules for the pre-configured route." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" @@ -3537,6 +3639,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -3545,30 +3651,58 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from the same category." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" @@ -3581,6 +3715,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules* section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and *Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all of them:" msgstr "" @@ -3605,6 +3743,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" @@ -3653,22 +3795,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 msgid "If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 msgid "To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and output zones" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing zones" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 msgid "As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" @@ -3677,7 +3839,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:None +msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "" @@ -3741,14 +3907,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with the products fitting your settings the best." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into account." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 msgid "On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick for delivery." msgstr "" @@ -3813,6 +3991,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and *Lots & Serial Numbers*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 msgid "To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." msgstr "" @@ -3821,6 +4003,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" @@ -3833,6 +4019,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 msgid "The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from that lot are the first ones to move out." msgstr "" @@ -3841,6 +4031,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" @@ -3853,10 +4047,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So, let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 msgid "Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved products are from lots 000003 and 000002." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" msgstr "" @@ -3877,6 +4079,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 msgid "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" @@ -3889,6 +4095,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force Removal Strategy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 msgid "For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots of them." msgstr "" @@ -3939,11 +4149,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:None +msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "" @@ -4273,7 +4487,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history underneath:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "" @@ -4497,7 +4711,7 @@ msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 -msgid "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgid "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 @@ -4584,11 +4798,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" msgstr "" @@ -5416,11 +5630,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on the right of its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:7 msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" @@ -5456,15 +5670,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:5 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:5 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:5 msgid "Master Data" msgstr "" @@ -5572,10 +5786,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|uom01|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132 +msgid "uom01" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom02|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 +msgid "uom02" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" msgstr "" @@ -5593,7 +5817,7 @@ msgid "Standard units of measures" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 -msgid "Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, **weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgid "Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. Please remember that different units of measures between sales and purchase necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, **weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 @@ -5656,7 +5880,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a **Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:5 msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" msgstr "" @@ -5705,7 +5929,7 @@ msgid "If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgid "You can see how dependent from a supplier your company is;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 @@ -5769,7 +5993,7 @@ msgid "Customize reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 -msgid "You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgid "You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display some categories of data, while the **Group by** option improves the readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 @@ -6169,7 +6393,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:5 msgid "Purchase Agreements" msgstr "" @@ -6282,7 +6506,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:5 msgid "Replenishment Flows" msgstr "" @@ -6471,7 +6695,7 @@ msgid "As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines auto msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 @@ -6503,7 +6727,7 @@ msgid "The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" +msgid "See also: :doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 @@ -6518,7 +6742,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes, a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an issue with the configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:5 msgid "Multi-Companies" msgstr "" @@ -6570,11 +6794,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your user has the rights to manage the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:5 msgid "Quality" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/alert.rst:5 msgid "Alert" msgstr "" @@ -6647,7 +6871,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under *Control*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/checks.rst:5 msgid "Checks" msgstr "" @@ -6743,7 +6967,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control.rst:5 msgid "Control" msgstr "" @@ -6820,7 +7044,7 @@ msgid "This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:98 -msgid "This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera <../../../productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." +msgid "This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:102 @@ -6852,7 +7076,7 @@ msgid "As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that give msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:156 -msgid "This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools <../../../productivity/iot/devices/camera>`." +msgid "This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:159 @@ -6885,5 +7109,5 @@ msgid "*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to t msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/control/control_points.rst:207 -msgid "This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer <../../../productivity/iot/devices/printer>`." +msgid "This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer `." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index 6e11aeaad..709e04fd0 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,20 +16,20 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:5 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -49,6 +49,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when unsubscribing." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:None +msgid "Mailing lists in Odoo Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." msgstr "" @@ -98,6 +105,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option *Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:None +msgid "Blacklist in Odoo Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 msgid "Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is redirected to the following page:" msgstr "" @@ -146,6 +159,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:None +msgid "Send mass mailing in Odoo Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 msgid "With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here `_." msgstr "" @@ -202,12 +222,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:None +msgid "manage campaigns in Odoo Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 @@ -215,11 +239,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:5 msgid "Events" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations.rst:5 msgid "Integrations" msgstr "" @@ -246,6 +270,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:None +msgid "SMS for Events in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 msgid "The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event `_." msgstr "" @@ -283,7 +315,7 @@ msgid "In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in th msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 -msgid "Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, and, about IAP Services :doc:`here <../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." +msgid "Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, and, about IAP Services :doc:`here `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:3 @@ -320,14 +352,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:None +msgid "Overview of events with the kanban view in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:23 msgid "To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, *Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None +msgid "View of an event's form emphasizing the option website menu in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:31 msgid "To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder `_, and edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None +msgid "View of an event's website page emphasizing the edit button for Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:40 msgid "Tab: Tickets" msgstr "" @@ -344,6 +390,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed ` or not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None +msgid "View of an event form emphasizing the tab tickets in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:55 msgid "Tab: Communication" msgstr "" @@ -356,6 +406,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the *Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the *Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None +msgid "View of an event form and the tab communication in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 msgid "Tab: Questions" @@ -373,10 +427,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire is shown once, resulting in a global answer." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None +msgid "View of an event form and a question’s window opened in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:81 msgid "Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited and used again." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None +msgid "View of an event’s form emphasizing the option set to draft in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:90 msgid "Publish your event" msgstr "" @@ -385,6 +447,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:None +msgid "View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/create_event.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" msgstr "" @@ -415,6 +481,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold :ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows the sale of tickets to happen :ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:None +msgid "View of the settings page for Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:22 msgid "Through Sales Orders" msgstr "" @@ -423,10 +493,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for which you want to create the sales order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:None +msgid "View of a sales order and the option to choose the event as the product line in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:32 msgid "Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under *Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under your event’s form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:0 +msgid "View of an event form highlighting the column product under the tab tickets in Odoo\n" +"Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:43 msgid "Through the Website" msgstr "" @@ -435,8 +514,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:None +msgid "View of website transaction for Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/tickets.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 @@ -471,10 +554,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the *Cancelled* stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:None +msgid "View of an attendee form emphasizing the send by email and cancel registration in Odoo\n" +"Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 msgid "To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:None +msgid "View of a list of the canceled attendees using the filters in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" @@ -496,10 +588,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options *Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your website." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:None +msgid "View of an event form and the options to track and propose speaker in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 msgid "Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:None +msgid "View of the published website and the menus talks, talk proposal and agenda in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 msgid "To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." msgstr "" @@ -512,15 +612,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:None +msgid "View of the talks’ proposals page emphasizing the column proposal in Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 msgid "If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/overview/track_talks.rst:None +msgid "View of the website page to publish a proposed talk for Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:5 msgid "Marketing Automation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" @@ -540,6 +648,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:None +msgid "Metrics in Odoo Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 msgid "The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an email address set." msgstr "" @@ -624,6 +740,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are installed in your database." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:None +msgid "Create workflows in Odoo Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 msgid "Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the criteria will be added to the workflow." msgstr "" @@ -685,6 +810,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables within it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:0 +msgid "Filters in Odoo Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 msgid "More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is called a *branch* (...)." msgstr "" @@ -731,7 +867,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/tags`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 @@ -778,7 +914,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on *Cancel*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:5 msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "" @@ -871,7 +1007,7 @@ msgid "Set up SMS templates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 -msgid "To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgid "To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 @@ -919,7 +1055,7 @@ msgid "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequen msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 -msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 @@ -1006,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" @@ -1034,6 +1170,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message, that includes the following characters:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None +msgid "GSM7 in Odoo SMS Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 msgid "**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." msgstr "" @@ -1058,6 +1198,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in your database." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:None +msgid "SMS pricing and FAQ Odoo SMS Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 msgid "How do I buy credits?" msgstr "" @@ -1123,58 +1269,58 @@ msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 -msgid "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgid "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on :ref:`developer mode ` under :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:106 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:108 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:111 msgid "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:113 msgid "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:117 msgid "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:119 msgid "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:122 msgid "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:124 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:127 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:129 msgid "Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:131 msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:133 msgid "Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs `here `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "" @@ -1190,6 +1336,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:None +msgid "Click on create to start a campaign in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" @@ -1236,6 +1386,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` select the appropriate channel, and set it up." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:None +msgid "Enable live chat under website configurations for Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 msgid "Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, GeoIP must be installed on your server." msgstr "" @@ -1260,6 +1414,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and last date and time the user was connected." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:None +msgid "See a visitor's history of pages in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 msgid "Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or an existing partner." msgstr "" @@ -1276,8 +1434,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option *Track*, on the respective pages." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:None +msgid "Choose the pages to be tracked in the website application for Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../../websites/livechat/overview/get_started`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 @@ -1296,6 +1458,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your accounts." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None +msgid "Click on add streams to add accounts in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." msgstr "" @@ -1308,10 +1474,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and customize your Kanban view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None +msgid "See all streams in the feed in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 msgid "Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on *Insights*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None +msgid "Click on insights to be redirected to the social account from Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" msgstr "" @@ -1320,6 +1494,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None +msgid "Go to configuration to link a linkedin account in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 msgid "LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the creation of content." msgstr "" @@ -1332,6 +1510,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None +msgid "Click on create or new post to create and publish content in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." msgstr "" @@ -1356,6 +1538,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:None +msgid "Click on the calendar view option in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" @@ -1381,10 +1567,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:None +msgid "Go to settings and enable web push notifications for Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:None +msgid "Request to send messages is being shown on the page for Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 msgid "Send notifications" msgstr "" @@ -1397,6 +1591,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:None +msgid "Choose individually to whom send web push notifications in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 msgid "To a group" msgstr "" @@ -1405,6 +1603,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* (e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:None +msgid "Select multiple contacts to send web push notifications in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 msgid "Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting archived." msgstr "" @@ -1417,11 +1619,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records that match the rules you set." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:None +msgid "Define rules to send push notifications in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:5 msgid "Survey" msgstr "" @@ -1437,6 +1643,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as different applications might use it for different purposes such as recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None +msgid "Form view of a survey with a title and category being chosen in Odoo Surveys" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." msgstr "" @@ -1461,6 +1671,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per row." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None +msgid "Sections and questions view of a survey in Odoo Surveys" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 msgid "Tab: Description" msgstr "" @@ -1469,6 +1683,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's homepage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None +msgid "Frontend of a survey showing the title and description of a survey for Odoo Surveys" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." msgstr "" @@ -1481,6 +1699,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing *One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None +msgid "Form view of a survey emphasizing the layout feature under options in Odoo Surveys" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 msgid "Test and share the survey" msgstr "" @@ -1493,6 +1715,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of entries clean with only real participants." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None +msgid "View list of the participations of a survey in Odoo Surveys" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 msgid "Another way to access detailed answers is by going to :menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." msgstr "" @@ -1501,6 +1727,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:None +msgid "View of an analytical page for Odoo Surveys" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`scoring`" @@ -1523,14 +1753,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab *Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right answer and score." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:None +msgid "Form view of a survey showing a list of answers in Odoo Surveys" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 msgid "Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully finish it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:None +msgid "Form view of a survey emphasizing the scoring and candidates section in Odoo Surveys" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 msgid "Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted badges." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:None +msgid "View of the courses tab emphasizing the latest achievements section on the website for\n" +"Odoo Surveys" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" msgstr "" @@ -1547,6 +1790,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:None +msgid "View of a survey form emphasizing the time limit feature in Odoo Surveys" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 msgid "A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers saved." msgstr "" @@ -1562,3 +1809,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 msgid "To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section should be taken into account during the shuffling." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:None +msgid "View of a survey form emphasizing the random questions count column in Odoo Surveys" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index 53da58943..ec8c491fc 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,15 +16,15 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:5 msgid "Productivity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" @@ -93,158 +93,199 @@ msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online unless you configure Odoo to force the outgoing \"From\" address (see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "How to use a G Suite server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "Restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 msgid "Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587, 465 or 2525." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 +msgid "Choose allowed \"From\" email addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different domain, and that can be a problem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 -msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing `__ to opt-out invalid recipients." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 +msgid "For example, if a customer with address *mary@customer.example.com* responds to a message, Odoo will try to redistribute that same email to other subscribers in the thread. But if the domain *customer.example.com* forbids that kind of usage for security (kudos for that), the Odoo's redistributed email would get rejected by some recipients' mail servers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 -msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgid "To avoid those kind of problems, you should make sure all emails use a \"From\" address from your authorized domain." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM `__)," +msgid "If your MTA supports `SRS (Sender Rewriting Scheme) `_, you can enable it to handle these situations. However, that is more complex and requires more technical knowledge that is not meant to be covered by this documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk `__)," +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 +msgid "Instead, you can also configure Odoo to do something similar by itself:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment `__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 -msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 +msgid "In developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 +msgid "Add one system parameter from these:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 +msgid "If you want *all* your outgoing messages to use the same \"From\" address, use the key ``mail.force.smtp.from`` and set that address as value (such as ``outgoing@mycompany.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 -msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgid "If you want to keep the original \"From\" address for emails that use your same domain, but change it for emails that use a different domain, use the key ``mail.dynamic.smtp.from`` and set as value the email address that should be used in those cases (such as ``outgoing@mycompany.example.com``)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 -msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:161 +msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing `__ to opt-out invalid recipients." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:172 +msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:184 -msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:174 +msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 +msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:178 +msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:180 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:182 +msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 +msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:193 +msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:202 +msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:212 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:210 +msgid "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the :ref:`developer mode `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:214 +msgid "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:220 +msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in :ref:`developer mode `. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:229 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:231 msgid "Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid, Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:239 msgid "A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing email server for technical reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:197 -msgid "To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:242 +msgid "To do this, you should first activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:247 msgid "Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable *Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers. If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the xxxx.odoo.com domain." msgstr "" @@ -261,7 +302,7 @@ msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "The :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>` must be activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgid "The :ref:`developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 @@ -272,6 +313,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to job applicants." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None +msgid "New email template form in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To (Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" @@ -292,15 +337,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you would like to use." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None +msgid "View of the dynamic placeholder generator tab under a new template in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None +msgid "View of the body code view under the content tab in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before sending it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:None +msgid "View of the content with the standard body view in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -317,7 +374,11 @@ msgid "Choose your notifications preference" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter <../../../services/project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +msgid "Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter ` notifications to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 @@ -328,10 +389,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 msgid "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 msgid "Start Chatting" msgstr "" @@ -340,6 +409,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 msgid "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of your browser." msgstr "" @@ -348,6 +422,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to *Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 msgid "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." msgstr "" @@ -357,15 +435,19 @@ msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 -msgid "To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter <../../../services/project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgid "To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter ` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel, type *#channel-name*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 msgid "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 -msgid "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values first based on the task’s :doc:`followers <../../../services/project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgid "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values first based on the task’s :doc:`followers `, and secondly on *Employees*. If the record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 @@ -392,8 +474,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../../../services/project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 @@ -421,12 +507,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the *Activities* menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None +msgid "View of crm leads page emphasizing the activities menu for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 msgid "Plan activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 -msgid "Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter <../../../services/project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgid "Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter ` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None +msgid "View of crm leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 @@ -437,6 +531,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" @@ -449,10 +547,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set *Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None +msgid "View of an activity type form emphasizing the field recommended next activities for Odoo\n" +"Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:None +msgid "View of an activity being schedule emphasizing the recommended activities field being\n" +"shown for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`get_started`" @@ -474,6 +582,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None +msgid "View of discuss’s sidebar and a channel being created in Odo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a specific department)." msgstr "" @@ -486,6 +598,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None +msgid "View of a channel’s settings form in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 msgid "Privacy and Members" msgstr "" @@ -498,6 +614,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on *Invite*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None +msgid "View of Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the option to invite members in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while *Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they are part of the group." msgstr "" @@ -514,6 +634,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None +msgid "View of a message with a pending moderation status in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" @@ -522,10 +646,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions to newcomers." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None +msgid "View of a channel’s settings form emphasizing the tab moderation in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* messages." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None +msgid "View of a message to be moderated in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" @@ -534,6 +666,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None +msgid "View of a channel’s setting form emphasizing the ban Lists menu in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 msgid "Quick search bar" msgstr "" @@ -542,6 +678,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a *Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations and quickly find the one you need." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None +msgid "View of the Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 msgid "Finding channels" msgstr "" @@ -554,15 +694,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a single character." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:None +msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:5 msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:5 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -743,7 +887,7 @@ msgid "**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cabl msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 -msgid "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation <../../../sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgid "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 @@ -890,7 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1142,10 +1286,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box `_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is connected." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None +msgid "IOT box auto detection." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 msgid "You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None +msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" msgstr "" @@ -1154,19 +1306,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None +msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 msgid "Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic Scale* option. Then, you hit save." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None +msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 msgid "The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:None +msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:5 msgid "Studio" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "" @@ -1182,6 +1346,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from changing stage if a field is not filled in." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:None +msgid "Flowchart to exemplify an automated action rule for Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 msgid "Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and *how* to create one:" msgstr "" @@ -1259,7 +1427,7 @@ msgid "*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email <../../discuss/advanced/email_temp msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../../services/project/tasks/collaborate>` are notified of changes in the task." +msgid "*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers ` are notified of changes in the task." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 @@ -1267,7 +1435,7 @@ msgid "*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, *Re msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 -msgid "*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS <../../../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgid "*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 @@ -1278,6 +1446,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, goes through:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:None +msgid "View of an automated action being created in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." msgstr "" @@ -1342,6 +1514,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first step." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:None +msgid "Overview of the main dashboard emphasizing the option to create a new app in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" msgstr "" @@ -1382,6 +1558,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:None +msgid "Tables with a visual explanation of related fields for Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 msgid "An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* records from a table." msgstr "" @@ -1426,11 +1606,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:None +msgid "Overview of a menu being edit in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 msgid "`Studio Basics `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:5 msgid "How To" msgstr "" @@ -1446,6 +1630,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is *customizations.zip*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:None +msgid "View of the menu customizations in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 msgid "The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." msgstr "" @@ -1454,6 +1642,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on *Import*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:None +msgid "View of the import modules window for Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 msgid "Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the applications installed on the source database should be installed on the destination database." msgstr "" @@ -1466,6 +1658,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:None +msgid "View of a sales form and the tab properties and its rainbow man field in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 msgid "On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow Man* effect can be applied." msgstr "" @@ -1502,14 +1699,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone, email address, etc.)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None +msgid "View of the types of new reports in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 msgid "Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many <../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*, *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None +msgid "View of a report and the tab add in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 msgid "Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None +msgid "View of a report and the tab options in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 msgid "Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to fields." msgstr "" @@ -1519,15 +1728,23 @@ msgid "Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibili msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 -msgid "**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups <../../../general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgid "**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups ` can have access to specific elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None +msgid "View of a report’s settings emphasizing the field limit visibility to groups in Odoo Studio" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 msgid "Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective document form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:None +msgid "View of an invoice form emphasizing the menu print for Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 -msgid "If activating the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become visible." +msgid "If activating the :ref:`developer mode `, additional fields such as *Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become visible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 @@ -1542,7 +1759,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of a report being built and emphasizing the undo and redo buttons in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:5 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "" @@ -1583,6 +1804,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:None +msgid "View of an automated action that sets a high priority to Belgian leads in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 msgid "Check :doc:`this doc ` in order to have another automated action example." msgstr "" @@ -1610,10 +1835,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling *Use by default* and *Save*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None +msgid "View of a custom filter being set to be used by default in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 msgid "On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable *Default Filter*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None +msgid "View of a filter’s rule form emphasizing the field default filter in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 msgid "**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" msgstr "" @@ -1626,6 +1859,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the *Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None +msgid "Form view emphasizing the button add a pipeline bar in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 msgid "Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), stages are shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" @@ -1634,6 +1871,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to go back to *Form View*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:0 +msgid "View of Studio emphasizing the form view button in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 msgid "**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set its cost to 0€.**" msgstr "" @@ -1662,6 +1903,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:None +msgid "View of the automated action created to set the price of a product to zero in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" msgstr "" @@ -1682,6 +1927,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None +msgid "View of the invisibility domain of a field being set in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 msgid "Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France (for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." msgstr "" @@ -1694,6 +1943,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None +msgid "View of an URL emphasizing where a country’s ID can be found for Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 msgid "**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called: company, value, name, address, active, image.**" msgstr "" @@ -1702,6 +1955,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now, on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None +msgid "View of the recommended fields for an object in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 msgid "**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to see the properties for each region.**" msgstr "" @@ -1718,6 +1975,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet in the view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None +msgid "Form view and a Many2one field being dropped in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 msgid "Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." msgstr "" @@ -1726,10 +1988,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of records on the related model, and allow you to access them." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None +msgid "Form view and the status button window being shown in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 msgid "When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by *Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:0 +msgid "View of the search model window in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 msgid "**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as checkboxes instead of tags.**" msgstr "" @@ -1738,6 +2008,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its *Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None +msgid "Form view showing the widgets available in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 msgid "**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" msgstr "" @@ -1746,6 +2020,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None +msgid "Form view emphasizing the widget property in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." msgstr "" @@ -1754,6 +2032,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their *Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is not = > Tags.*" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None +msgid "Form view emphasizing a field added and its invisibility properties in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 msgid "**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called 'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed amount is higher than 500€.**" msgstr "" @@ -1762,22 +2044,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None +msgid "Form view of a required domain being set in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 -msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and open Studio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 msgid "Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:None +msgid "Form view showing more property options and emphasizing the help feature in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 msgid "The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* option under *Properties*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:0 +msgid "View of the properties emphasizing the help tooltip option in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" msgstr "" @@ -1790,6 +2084,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* option as the default one." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:None +msgid "View of the Kanban option being set as the default one in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 msgid "**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without having to switch to the form view.**" msgstr "" @@ -1801,3 +2099,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 msgid "If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:None +msgid "View options emphasizing the editable options of a leads page in Odoo Studio" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index e4cb3acdc..34f537d37 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:5 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 msgid "Acquire leads" msgstr "" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 @@ -149,6 +149,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:73 +msgid "image0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:76 +msgid "image1" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 msgid "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" @@ -207,7 +217,7 @@ msgid "Start generating leads" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 -msgid "You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the :menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough :menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** button." +msgid "You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the :menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and through :menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 @@ -248,7 +258,7 @@ msgid "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you ben msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) <../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 @@ -283,7 +293,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:5 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "" @@ -299,6 +309,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None +msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "" @@ -311,6 +325,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 msgid "A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your challenge as follows:" msgstr "" @@ -343,6 +361,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be granted with a badge." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None +msgid "View of the challenge form and a challenge being created for Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 msgid "Set up goals" msgstr "" @@ -359,6 +381,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame based on your management preferences, etc." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None +msgid "View of the goal definition form and a goal definition being created for Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 msgid "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." msgstr "" @@ -371,6 +397,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:None +msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -455,6 +485,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner Autocomplete* feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:None +msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" msgstr "" @@ -467,6 +501,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:None +msgid "Creating a new contact in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:None +msgid "View of the information being shown about odoo with the autocomplete option in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 msgid "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a company name." msgstr "" @@ -491,7 +533,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:5 msgid "Analyze performance" msgstr "" @@ -519,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5 msgid "Organize the pipeline" msgstr "" @@ -647,7 +689,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "" @@ -656,7 +698,7 @@ msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected criterias." +msgid "With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected criteria." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 @@ -676,7 +718,7 @@ msgid "You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgid "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criteria as you wish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 @@ -767,11 +809,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:5 msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:5 msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" @@ -851,6 +893,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None +msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 msgid "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." msgstr "" @@ -867,14 +913,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* category." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None +msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None +msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None +msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 msgid "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50% discount on oranges." msgstr "" @@ -887,6 +945,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None +msgid "View of the pricelist feature" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 msgid "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in the PoS and define a default one." msgstr "" @@ -903,6 +965,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None +msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" msgstr "" @@ -911,6 +977,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:None +msgid "View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 msgid "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. Then, you can finalize the order." msgstr "" @@ -987,7 +1057,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:5 msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" msgstr "" @@ -1088,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -1112,6 +1182,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable *Available in Point of Sale*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "Product form. Making the product available in PoS." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." msgstr "" @@ -1124,6 +1198,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "Creating a new payment method for a Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." msgstr "" @@ -1132,6 +1210,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the payment method." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "Making the payment method available in a point of sale." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." msgstr "" @@ -1148,10 +1230,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "Launching a new session." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "Point of sale dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 msgid "Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." msgstr "" @@ -1168,10 +1258,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, repeat the process individually." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "Refunding a product with the point of sale app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 msgid "When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, process the payment and validate it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "Giving back money to customer in Odoo Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "Close the PoS session" msgstr "" @@ -1180,6 +1278,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on the dashboard view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "How to close a point of sale session." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 msgid "It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." msgstr "" @@ -1188,8 +1290,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and post the closing entries." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "Point of sale sales report before closing the session." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../../productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +msgid "To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database ` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 @@ -1204,10 +1310,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or pivot form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "Orders analysis with pivot view of the point of sale reporting feature." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "Accessing orders analysis via the point of sale dashboard. Reporting feature on the PoS form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "" @@ -1236,7 +1350,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in any future transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:5 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "" @@ -1257,7 +1371,7 @@ msgid "Connect an IoT Box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation <../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgid "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 @@ -1269,7 +1383,7 @@ msgid "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* (you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgid "Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* (you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 @@ -1297,11 +1411,11 @@ msgid "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling you the connexion failed." +msgid "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling you the connection failed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 @@ -1347,7 +1461,7 @@ msgid "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 @@ -1378,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "Restaurant Features" msgstr "" @@ -1518,10 +1632,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None +msgid "Restaurant set up. Enabling the is a bar/Restaurant feature on a PoS" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 msgid "New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that they are restaurant-specific." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None +msgid "Several restaurant features. Bill printing, bill splitting and tips" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 msgid "Add a floor" msgstr "" @@ -1530,6 +1652,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None +msgid "View of the table management feature. Way to manage and create floors for a pos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None +msgid "Backend view of a restaurant floor. Table name and number of sits for each table" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." msgstr "" @@ -1542,10 +1672,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None +msgid "View of the floors menu to manage several floors at the same time" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 msgid "Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None +msgid "View of the floor management. Add tables, the number of sits, their name and their shape" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 msgid "To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of sits the table can have." msgstr "" @@ -1558,6 +1696,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are taken to your main interface." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None +msgid "View of the pos interface to register orders" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 msgid "Transfer customer(s)" msgstr "" @@ -1570,10 +1712,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None +msgid "View of the restaurant tables, one having a pending order" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 msgid "Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are transferring your customer." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None +msgid "View of the pos interface and transfer button. How to transfer customers from one table\n" +"to another" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "" @@ -1586,6 +1737,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:None +msgid "View of the - button, allowing employees to close/remove an order" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" @@ -1650,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 msgid "Shop Features" msgstr "" @@ -1946,7 +2101,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" @@ -1998,7 +2153,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "" @@ -2234,13 +2389,13 @@ msgid "Amazon.nl" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:160 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" @@ -2262,75 +2417,75 @@ msgid "When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 -msgid "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and save." +msgid "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:28 -msgid "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +msgid "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to :ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 msgid "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 msgid "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 msgid "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:67 msgid "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 msgid "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 msgid "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -2437,54 +2592,54 @@ msgid "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 -msgid "To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgid "To modify the default products, activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:107 msgid "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:113 msgid "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:120 msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:122 msgid "Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See :ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of natively supported marketplaces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:128 msgid "To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon Documentation `_. The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 -msgid "To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:132 +msgid "To add a new marketplace, you must first activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:134 msgid "Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:137 msgid "From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon Documentation `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:141 msgid "Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:145 msgid "Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the **Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid "As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." msgstr "" @@ -2521,7 +2676,7 @@ msgid "If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up- msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 -msgid "If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page `_ or by contacting your integrating partner." +msgid "If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must update your installation as detailed in :doc:`this documentation page ` or by contacting your integrating partner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 @@ -2533,7 +2688,7 @@ msgid "New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 -msgid "To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode <../../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 @@ -2541,7 +2696,7 @@ msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 -msgid "You should never install new modules in your production database without testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../../../administration/db_management/db_online>`. For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module in your particular setup." +msgid "You should never install new modules in your production database without testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as explained in :doc:`this documentation page `. For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module in your particular setup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 @@ -2552,7 +2707,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo; this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "" @@ -2585,7 +2740,7 @@ msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with **Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgid "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with **Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 @@ -2601,7 +2756,7 @@ msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 -msgid "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the **Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgid "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the **Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 @@ -2649,7 +2804,7 @@ msgid "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some syn msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 -msgid "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgid "To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 @@ -2657,7 +2812,7 @@ msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`." +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 @@ -2680,7 +2835,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead of the old one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -2720,6 +2875,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None +msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able to create an invoice**." msgstr "" @@ -2732,14 +2891,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None +msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order and draft invoice)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None +msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None +msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed amount." msgstr "" @@ -2756,10 +2927,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None +msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the **Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:None +msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" @@ -2769,7 +2948,7 @@ msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 -msgid "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgid "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of a consultant paying for a hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 @@ -2858,6 +3037,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under **Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None +msgid "How to choose your invoicing policy on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" @@ -2870,6 +3053,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None +msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" @@ -2886,10 +3073,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an error message as below." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0 +msgid "How the choice of your invoicing policy impacts your sales flow on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:None +msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a partial delivery)." msgstr "" @@ -3064,11 +3259,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "" @@ -3189,7 +3384,7 @@ msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 -msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgid "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minimum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 @@ -3269,10 +3464,10 @@ msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`../../../../websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" @@ -3561,18 +3756,18 @@ msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 -msgid "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries <../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +msgid "`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/process_overview/supplier_bill`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:5 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" @@ -3592,6 +3787,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:None +msgid "How to configure deadlines on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" @@ -3600,10 +3799,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:None +msgid "How to use deadline in a quotation template on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:0 +msgid "How customers will see deadlines on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 @@ -3624,6 +3831,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None +msgid "How to enable different customer addresses on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" @@ -3632,6 +3843,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None +msgid "How to add addresses from a quotation on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" @@ -3644,6 +3859,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a quotation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None +msgid "How to add addresses from a contact form on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" @@ -3652,10 +3871,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None +msgid "How to manage different customer addresses on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:None +msgid "Automatic quotation fields filling on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" @@ -3676,8 +3903,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None +msgid "How to enable online payment on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 -msgid "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as :doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, :doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the :doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +msgid "There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -3692,20 +3923,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:None +msgid "How to register a payment on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -3724,6 +3959,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 +msgid "How to enable online signature on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" @@ -3736,6 +3976,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example of an automated signature:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:None +msgid "How to confirm an order with a signature on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -3760,18 +4004,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None +msgid "How to add optional products to your quotations on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from their received email." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:0 +msgid "Preview your quotations on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the salesman." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None +msgid "How to select optional products on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and tracking the order will be all the better." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None +msgid "How to follow each movement made by your customers on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" msgstr "" @@ -3784,6 +4044,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where you can add related products or services." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:None +msgid "How to add optional products to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" @@ -3800,10 +4064,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None +msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 msgid "For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None +msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 msgid "Create your first template" @@ -3817,6 +4089,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of the quotation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None +msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" @@ -3829,10 +4105,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on **Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None +msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None +msgid "Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" @@ -3841,6 +4125,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None +msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default template in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" @@ -3853,6 +4141,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:None +msgid "Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" @@ -3883,6 +4175,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None +msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the **Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" @@ -3895,6 +4191,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" @@ -3907,6 +4207,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms and conditions within your company." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None +msgid "Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: :doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." msgstr "" @@ -3923,10 +4227,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None +msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 msgid "You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None +msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" msgstr "" @@ -3935,6 +4247,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None +msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" msgstr "" @@ -3943,6 +4259,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & conditions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:None +msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 msgid "To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." msgstr "" @@ -3951,7 +4271,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "Subscriptions" msgstr "" @@ -3979,6 +4299,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:0 +msgid "View of a subscription product form in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 msgid "In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the *Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another application, it is not the case." msgstr "" @@ -4050,6 +4376,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create your own ones." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:None +msgid "Default subscription templates on Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 msgid "The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales** and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." msgstr "" @@ -4058,6 +4388,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per *Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a *Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an invoice email template to your subscription templates." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:None +msgid "Create your own subscription templates on Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 msgid "For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* options." msgstr "" @@ -4066,10 +4400,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation, complaints, etc.)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:0 +msgid "Terms & conditions on Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 msgid "Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able to manage them in one click." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:0 +msgid "Health check on Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 msgid "After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to complete the sales flow." msgstr "" @@ -4084,7 +4426,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:5 msgid "Follow-up" msgstr "" @@ -4112,6 +4454,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:None +msgid "New automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 msgid "On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the stage to which you want to apply this alert." msgstr "" @@ -4132,6 +4478,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear in the chatter of your respective subscription." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:None +msgid "Satisfaction survey in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" msgstr "" @@ -4140,6 +4490,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less satisfied clients*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:None +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 msgid "This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." msgstr "" @@ -4152,7 +4506,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" @@ -4176,6 +4530,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this estimation does not take variations and growth into account." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None +msgid "Difference between MRR and ARR in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 msgid "**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of businesses." msgstr "" @@ -4212,6 +4570,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "of 9,33%." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Difference between logo churn and revenue churn in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 msgid "Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the time, it might not be the case all the time." msgstr "" @@ -4232,6 +4594,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, *Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example, *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by *Week*, to get a clear view of your report." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 msgid "Retention analysis report" msgstr "" @@ -4240,6 +4606,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can see the progression of the retention from its start." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None +msgid "Retention analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 msgid "Revenue KPIs report" msgstr "" @@ -4248,10 +4618,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking for specific information." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None +msgid "Revenue KPIs report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 msgid "The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None +msgid "Detailed MRR report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" msgstr "" @@ -4260,7 +4638,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:None +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:5 msgid "Sales flow" msgstr "" @@ -4288,6 +4670,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close their own subscriptions." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None +msgid "Configuration to close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 msgid "Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" @@ -4304,10 +4690,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None +msgid "Close your subscription from an administration point of view with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 msgid "By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the subscription." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None +msgid "What happens when you close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 msgid "Customer view" msgstr "" @@ -4316,14 +4710,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close Subscription* button." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None +msgid "Close your subscription from a customer point of view with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 msgid "By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None +msgid "What happens when customers close their subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 msgid "By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing text added by the customer." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:None +msgid "What happens when customers close their subscription in Odoo Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 msgid "Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" @@ -4356,10 +4762,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously configured as a *Subscription product*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None +msgid "View of a quotation form in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 msgid "When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None +msgid "Customer preview of a quotation form in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 msgid "From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." msgstr "" @@ -4372,10 +4786,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None +msgid "Quotation form in Odoo Sales with a button \"Subscriptions\"" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 msgid "By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: :doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:None +msgid "Use of the intelligent button \"Subscriptions\" in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 msgid "In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is *Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*. Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status becomes *Closed*." msgstr "" @@ -4416,10 +4838,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:None +msgid "Renew your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 msgid "The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears on the top right corner." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Customer preview of a renewal with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 msgid "When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." msgstr "" @@ -4428,10 +4858,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Renew a quotation with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 msgid "By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily visualize which one is your renewal." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Renewal as Subscription Management form in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" msgstr "" @@ -4440,6 +4878,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the filter *To renew*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:None +msgid "List view of all subscriptions and use of the filter to renew in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 msgid "Upsell a subscription" msgstr "" @@ -4460,6 +4902,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the *Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales order lines." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None +msgid "Activation of the discount option in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 msgid "Upsell your first subscription" msgstr "" @@ -4468,10 +4914,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell your subscription." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None +msgid "Upsell your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 msgid "By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None +msgid "Add products to your subscription via the upsell option in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 msgid "When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" @@ -4480,10 +4934,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer wanted to purchase." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None +msgid "Visualize all your subscriptions updates with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 msgid "In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders in a list view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:None +msgid "List view of all sales orders created for a subscription" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 msgid "The only difference between your two sales orders is the description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily visualize which one is your upselling." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/services.pot b/locale/sources/services.pot index f7f40f353..f13d53a84 100644 --- a/locale/sources/services.pot +++ b/locale/sources/services.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 -#: ../../content/services.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5 +#: ../../content/services.rst:5 msgid "Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:5 msgid "Field Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -49,15 +49,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:None +msgid "Tasks from tickets in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -77,6 +82,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and *Resume* when you would like to continue." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:None +msgid "Timesheet Timer in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and add a description." msgstr "" @@ -89,6 +99,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:None +msgid "Sign and send reports in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." msgstr "" @@ -109,12 +123,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:None +msgid "Invoice Tasks in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to :menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:None +msgid "Invoice Task in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../../../services/project/advanced/feedback`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 @@ -133,6 +155,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:None +msgid "Keep track of stock in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." msgstr "" @@ -157,6 +184,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:None +msgid "Employees' Time off in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" msgstr "" @@ -165,6 +196,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an existing one." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:None +msgid "Manage employees' schedules in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" msgstr "" @@ -173,12 +208,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:None +msgid "Unassigned tasks in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and dynamic database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../../../services/project/overview/setup`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/project/overview/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 @@ -197,6 +236,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:None +msgid "Configure Mapbox for Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public token*." msgstr "" @@ -213,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view without a Mapbox account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:5 msgid "Sales" msgstr "" @@ -229,6 +275,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:None +msgid "Create quotations in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 msgid "Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra Quotations*." msgstr "" @@ -249,6 +301,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:None +msgid "Onsite Interventions from Sales Order in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 msgid "Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the respective project you have chosen." msgstr "" @@ -257,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets Templates* under the same project and product, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/worksheets.rst:5 msgid "Worksheets" msgstr "" @@ -273,6 +330,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable :menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:None +msgid "Custom Worksheet in Odoo Field Service" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 msgid "Designing worksheets" msgstr "" @@ -293,8 +356,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Studio Basics `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" @@ -363,7 +426,7 @@ msgid "`Coupons Settings --> Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None +msgid "Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" @@ -410,6 +480,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:None +msgid "Reports on Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" @@ -434,14 +508,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None +msgid "Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" +"Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are allowed per question." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None +msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None +msgid "Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on the ticket's page." msgstr "" @@ -458,14 +546,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None +msgid "Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" +"Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View Course*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:None +msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 msgid "Todo" msgstr "" @@ -494,6 +595,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels (example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "View of the helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" msgstr "" @@ -514,6 +619,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the productivity and visibility features\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" @@ -530,12 +640,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "View of a stage’s setting page emphasizing the option to add teams in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:None +msgid "View of a team’s kanban view in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 @@ -550,16 +668,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None +msgid "Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the rating on ticket feature\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit Stage*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None +msgid "Overview of a helpdesk team kanban view emphasizing the menu edit stage in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None +msgid "View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../../services/project/tasks/collaborate>` of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgid "Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter ` of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 @@ -570,6 +701,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:None +msgid "View of the helpdesk ticket from a user’s portal emphasizing the link to the helpdesk team\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 @@ -592,6 +728,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and enable the following features as you want them to be available to your users." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None +msgid "View of a helpdesk teams setting page emphasizing the channels options in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 msgid "Email Alias" msgstr "" @@ -604,6 +744,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias Domain*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None +msgid "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the email alias feature\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email server." msgstr "" @@ -620,10 +765,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on *Go to Website*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None +msgid "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the Go to Website button in\n" +"Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None +msgid "View of the website form to submit a ticket for Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "" @@ -633,11 +787,16 @@ msgid "Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets ca msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 -msgid "Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* - and :doc:`set up your channel <../../../websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgid "Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* - and :doc:`set up your channel `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None +msgid "View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the live chat features and links\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 -msgid "Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command <../../../websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgid "Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command ` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 @@ -660,13 +819,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:None +msgid "View of a team’s kanban view and the prioritized tasks in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`sla`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 @@ -697,6 +860,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous Period* or a *Previous Year*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None +msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket analysis by team and ticket type in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." msgstr "" @@ -705,6 +872,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how many requests they are able to handle." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None +msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket analysis by team and close date in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 msgid "Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." msgstr "" @@ -717,6 +888,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close (hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want their issues to be handled quickly." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None +msgid "View of helpdesk ticket analysis of the hours to close by ticket type and team in\n" +"Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 msgid "Save filters" msgstr "" @@ -725,6 +901,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:None +msgid "View of helpdesk ticket analysis emphasizing the option to add a filter as a favorite one\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" msgstr "" @@ -749,6 +930,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None +msgid "View of an SLA form in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 msgid "Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority** a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." msgstr "" @@ -761,6 +946,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and the deadline field is not shown anymore." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None +msgid "View of a ticket’s form emphasizing a satisfied SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 msgid "SLA Analysis" msgstr "" @@ -769,7 +958,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and keep track of upcoming deadlines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:None +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis page emphasizing the group by option in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:5 msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" msgstr "" @@ -793,6 +986,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be ultimately modified on each ticket." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None +msgid "View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the timesheet on ticket and time\n" +"reinvoicing features in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" msgstr "" @@ -805,10 +1003,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None +msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the product type and unit of measure fields in Odoo\n" +"Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 msgid "Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the *Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None +msgid "View of a product form and the invoicing options under the tab sales in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, automating the process." msgstr "" @@ -829,6 +1036,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the customer and *Confirm* the order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None +msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the order lines in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" msgstr "" @@ -837,6 +1048,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None +msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the create invoice button in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" msgstr "" @@ -845,6 +1060,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the task created by the confirmation of the sales order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None +msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the field task in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" msgstr "" @@ -853,10 +1072,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under the *Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None +msgid "View of a helpdesk ticket emphasizing the timesheets tab in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 msgid "Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered* column in the sales order." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None +msgid "View of a sales order emphasizing the delivered column in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 msgid "Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on the dedicated task." msgstr "" @@ -866,7 +1093,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 @@ -890,6 +1117,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:None +msgid "Bill from Tasks in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" @@ -898,12 +1129,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:None +msgid "Sales Order from a task in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:4 -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "" @@ -923,6 +1159,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under *Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:None +msgid "Roles in Odoo Planning Application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 msgid "Make shifts recurrent" msgstr "" @@ -931,8 +1171,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you from the need of re-planning it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:0 +msgid "Repeat shifts in Odoo Planning Application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 -msgid "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`, from *Settings*." +msgid "Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is possible in :ref:`developer mode `, from *Settings*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 @@ -947,6 +1192,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:None +msgid "Save shift as a Template in Odoo Planning Application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 msgid "To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Shifts Templates --> Create`." msgstr "" @@ -959,6 +1208,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:None +msgid "Shift recurrency in Odoo Planning Application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 msgid "The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation time, for example." msgstr "" @@ -979,6 +1232,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:None +msgid "Publish and Send planned shifts in Odoo Planning Application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 msgid "Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned tasks:" msgstr "" @@ -995,11 +1253,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to take it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:None +msgid "Allow Unassignment in Odoo Planning Application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:5 msgid "Project" msgstr "" @@ -1023,6 +1286,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If not, simply leave the field blank." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None +msgid "Click on create and enable multiple options for an advanced project in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 msgid "Choose who can access a project" msgstr "" @@ -1059,6 +1326,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None +msgid "Tab timesheet is being shown under a task in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 msgid "Create sales orders from a task" msgstr "" @@ -1067,6 +1338,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or create one on the fly." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None +msgid "Menu create sales order is being shown under a task in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 msgid "Track the material used on a task" msgstr "" @@ -1075,6 +1350,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the products/material used during the work on a specific task." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None +msgid "Menu to add products is being shown under a task in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" msgstr "" @@ -1083,6 +1362,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None +msgid "Options worksheet and send report being shown under a task in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" msgstr "" @@ -1091,6 +1374,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized, enable *Planning*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None +msgid "Shortcut to planning from the dashboard in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None +msgid "Planning view from a project in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 msgid "Manage employees work hours" msgstr "" @@ -1099,6 +1390,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external link to adjust the daily hours." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None +msgid "Edit the working hours from Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 msgid "Share stages across projects" msgstr "" @@ -1108,7 +1403,11 @@ msgid "In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to a msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 -msgid ":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>` then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share stages." +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:None +msgid "Open a stage and choose the projects to share it with in Odoo Project" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 @@ -1123,6 +1422,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:None +msgid "Enable the feature on settings in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 msgid "*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at a specific stage(s)." msgstr "" @@ -1131,6 +1434,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:None +msgid "Click on set email template and choose one in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" @@ -1143,10 +1450,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:None +msgid "View of a project's form to choose the customer rating in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:0 +msgid "View of the chatter and the rating email sent to the customer in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 msgid "Get reports" msgstr "" @@ -1155,10 +1470,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see ratings by task." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:None +msgid "View of the customer rating report in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the *Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/feedback.rst:None +msgid "Project overview shows the percentage of happy ratings in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" msgstr "" @@ -1179,22 +1502,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* becomes available in the Kanban view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:None +msgid "View of the dashboard and overview menu available in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 msgid "The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours recorded, and even a timesheet table." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:None +msgid "Click on overview and have a detailed view of the hours recorded in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 -msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an *Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an *Analytic Account* under the needed project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 msgid "A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is directly available in the Kanban view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:None +msgid "Profitability menu being shown on the dashboard view in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" @@ -1203,16 +1538,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:None +msgid "Overview of the reporting page showing costs and revenues in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 -msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 -msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 -msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 @@ -1247,6 +1586,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template chosen." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:None +msgid "Choose the invoicing options on a product form under the sales tab in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" @@ -1255,6 +1598,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:None +msgid "Click on confirm in a quotation and have a task or project created for Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 msgid "Access the task generated from Project" msgstr "" @@ -1263,6 +1610,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:None +msgid "Click on tasks in the dashboard view to access them in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" msgstr "" @@ -1271,10 +1622,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the *Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:None +msgid "Access the task and under the tab timesheet record the time spent in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:None +msgid "Click on sales order in the task once it is complete in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" @@ -1284,7 +1643,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:3 @@ -1303,6 +1662,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward through *Settings*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:None +msgid "Click on create to start a new project in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:21 msgid "Manage your project’s stages" msgstr "" @@ -1315,6 +1678,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your project." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:None +msgid "View of the stages created under a project in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can personalize." msgstr "" @@ -1323,10 +1690,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:None +msgid "Click on settings then edit stage to edit in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any signification you like." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:None +msgid "Image of the edit form of a stage in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "" @@ -1339,6 +1714,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:None +msgid "Click on setting then fold to hide a column in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/setup.rst:62 msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" msgstr "" @@ -1364,14 +1743,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/share.rst:None +msgid "Edit a project from the dashboard view and click on share in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/share.rst:None +msgid "Open a task and click on action then share in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for example." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/overview/share.rst:None +msgid "View of a shared project from the recipients side for Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" msgstr "" @@ -1388,6 +1779,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:None +msgid "Planning form to choose the project, task and allocated hours in Odoo Planning" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" @@ -1400,6 +1795,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:None +msgid "Planning by project view in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:31 msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" msgstr "" @@ -1408,11 +1807,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to *Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the *Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the *Progress*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:None +msgid "View of all tasks and their planned and remaining hours in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:42 msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/planning/forecast.rst:0 +msgid "Under the settings of a project enable timesheets in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice.rst:5 msgid "Record Time and Invoice" msgstr "" @@ -1444,6 +1851,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None +msgid "Have the sales order menu and the timesheet tab being shown under a task in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 msgid "This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." msgstr "" @@ -1464,6 +1875,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None +msgid "Click on create sales order and choose the billing type in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 msgid "The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a system." msgstr "" @@ -1480,6 +1895,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:None +msgid "Enabling the feature to invoice only approved timesheets in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 msgid "This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each employee before the customer gets invoiced." msgstr "" @@ -1512,6 +1931,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and specify the *Duration*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:None +msgid "On the task under the timesheets tab add the time spent in Odoo Project Application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 msgid "Time tasks" msgstr "" @@ -1524,7 +1947,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and *Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:None +msgid "Click on start in the task to initiate the timer in Odoo Project Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "" @@ -1548,6 +1975,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to another, conversations taking place, etc." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None +msgid "Click on the follower icon to add followers to a project in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 msgid "Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." msgstr "" @@ -1560,6 +1991,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description and the chatter." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None +msgid "Click on the follower icon to add followers to a task in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 msgid "Select which notifications to get" msgstr "" @@ -1568,6 +2003,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For that, *Edit subscription*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None +msgid "Click on the follower icon, then on edit subscription in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" msgstr "" @@ -1580,6 +2019,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you can replay the whole creation of the content." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None +msgid "View of the collaborative pad in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 msgid "Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or to someone outside of the company." msgstr "" @@ -1600,6 +2043,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users can have a channel per project team, for example." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None +msgid "Overview of the chatter in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 msgid "Schedule activities" msgstr "" @@ -1608,6 +2055,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling activities* from the chatter." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None +msgid "Click on schedule activity and choose the activity to be scheduled in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 msgid "Edit or create new activities types" msgstr "" @@ -1616,6 +2067,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/collaborate.rst:None +msgid "Overview of the activity types form in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" msgstr "" @@ -1633,7 +2088,7 @@ msgid "On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 -msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 @@ -1648,6 +2103,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:None +msgid "In the settings of your project, define the emails alias under the tab email in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 msgid "All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as followers of the task." msgstr "" @@ -1656,6 +2115,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:None +msgid "View of the email alias chosen on the dashboard view in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" msgstr "" @@ -1680,6 +2143,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on *Edit*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None +msgid "Click on create under a project to initiate a task in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 msgid "Assignation" msgstr "" @@ -1688,6 +2155,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None +msgid "Choosing the responsible person for the task in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "" @@ -1700,6 +2171,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks with a deadline for the current date are orange." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None +msgid "Tasks prioritized are shown first in the list in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 msgid "Manage files in tasks" msgstr "" @@ -1708,6 +2183,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None +msgid "Click on the attachment icon to manage files in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." msgstr "" @@ -1720,6 +2199,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None +msgid "Click on the drop down menu and set a cover image in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" msgstr "" @@ -1728,12 +2211,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise available." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None +msgid "Overview of the kanban view in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 msgid "Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you identify them." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:None +msgid "Choose a color to identify your task in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/tags`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 @@ -1748,10 +2239,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None +msgid "Enable the feature under settings in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None +msgid "Overview of a task and the sub-tasks menu being shown in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 msgid "Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" msgstr "" @@ -1760,6 +2259,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Sub-task Project`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None +msgid "Under the settings of a project, select the sub-task project in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" msgstr "" @@ -1768,6 +2271,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed *Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None +msgid "Timesheets tab being shown under a task in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" msgstr "" @@ -1781,6 +2288,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:None +msgid "A tab extra info with a field parent task is being shown in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" msgstr "" @@ -1789,7 +2301,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "Timesheets" msgstr "" @@ -1809,10 +2321,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the *Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned Hours*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/compare.rst:None +msgid "Select effective and planned hours under measures in Odoo Timesheets application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18 msgid "Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/compare.rst:None +msgid "Go to reporting to see a planning analyses in Odoo Timesheets application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27 msgid "HR analysis" msgstr "" @@ -1821,6 +2341,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/compare.rst:None +msgid "Report about employees' attendance in Odoo Timesheets application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Timesheets" msgstr "" @@ -1845,6 +2369,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Rounding up* times up or down to the nearest minutes or hours, when using the timer. For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry shows up in reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "Set the time unit used to record your timesheets in Odoo Timesheets application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25 msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value." msgstr "" @@ -1865,6 +2393,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "Choose the invoicing options under a product form in Odoo Timesheets application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44 msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy" msgstr "" @@ -1873,6 +2405,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be approved first." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "Choose how to invoice the recorded times in Odoo Timesheets application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54 msgid "Send reminders" msgstr "" @@ -1885,6 +2421,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "Activate timesheet reminders for managers and employees in Odoo Timesheets application" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66 msgid "Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. The data syncs once you are back online." msgstr "" @@ -1898,13 +2438,22 @@ msgid "Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. Th msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 -msgid "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`, go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None +msgid "View of Timesheets setting enabling the feature record time off in Odoo Timesheets" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be validated or not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None +msgid "View of a time off types form emphasizing the time off requests and timesheets section in\n" +"Odoo Time Off" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 msgid "Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and task." msgstr "" @@ -1913,19 +2462,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to 15th." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None +msgid "View of the time off request form in Odoo Time Off" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 msgid "Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating does it so." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None +msgid "Video of timesheets emphasizing the requested time off from the employee in Odoo Timesheets" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 msgid "Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the project/task." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:None +msgid "View of the details of a project/task in Odoo Timeheets" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`compare`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 +#: ../../content/services/support.rst:5 msgid "Support" msgstr "" @@ -1986,6 +2547,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|green|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:67 +msgid "green" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 msgid "October 2020" msgstr "" @@ -2053,6 +2629,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|orange|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:73 +msgid "orange" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "April 2018" msgstr "" @@ -2068,6 +2660,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|red|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:70 +msgid "red" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "October 2017" msgstr "" @@ -2297,5 +2898,5 @@ msgid "Ask your question on the `community forum `_ to get the support and bugfix services." +msgid ":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise ` to get the support and bugfix services." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sphinx.pot b/locale/sources/sphinx.pot index 368d70bf1..6fb1d2c30 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sphinx.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sphinx.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -50,110 +50,110 @@ msgid "Master any app thanks to their end-user guides. Our wide array of functio msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:16 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:42 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:71 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:98 -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:122 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:43 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:72 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:99 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:123 msgid "Top Links" msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:20 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:25 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" +msgid "Set your Initial Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:29 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:30 msgid "Import data into Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:34 -msgid "Use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:40 -msgid "Administration" +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:35 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:41 +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:42 msgid "Easily setup your first Odoo installation. From downloads to day-to-day database administration, the dedicated tutorials have got you covered." msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:46 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:47 msgid "Installing Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:51 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:52 msgid "Deploying Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:56 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:57 msgid "Updating Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:61 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:62 msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:69 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:70 msgid "Developer" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:70 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:71 msgid "Learn to develop in Odoo by reading the framework references and programmer tutorials." msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:75 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:76 msgid "ORM API" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:80 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:81 msgid "Building a Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:85 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:86 msgid "External API" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:90 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:91 msgid "Command-line interface" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:96 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:97 msgid "Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:97 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:98 msgid "Find out how to open a support ticket should you need to contact a Customer Service Representative." msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:102 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:103 msgid "Where to find help?" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:107 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:108 msgid "Supported versions" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:112 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:113 msgid "Legal" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:120 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:121 msgid "Contributing" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:121 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:122 msgid "You want to contribute to Odoo but don't know where to start? The tutorials and guidelines are there to help you make Odoo even better." msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:126 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:127 msgid "Write documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:131 +#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:132 msgid "Content guidelines" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index 0ab9c0aff..6def7b651 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 16:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16,15 +16,15 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:5 msgid "Websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "" @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:5 msgid "Manage my products" msgstr "" @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants list. You can reactivate them the same way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:5 msgid "Maximize my revenue" msgstr "" @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ msgid "let the customer choose the currency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: :doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgid "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 @@ -361,11 +361,11 @@ msgid "In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your custome msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 @@ -486,11 +486,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:5 msgid "Launch my website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:5 msgid "Get paid" msgstr "" @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ msgid "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been confir msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 -msgid "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgid "*Error*: an error has occurred during the transaction. The customer needs to retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ msgid "When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically is msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books until you get paid into your bank account (see :doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." +msgid "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books until you get paid into your bank account (see :doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 @@ -598,15 +598,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:5 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:5 msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -627,10 +627,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 msgid "For both scenarios, under:" msgstr "" @@ -647,6 +655,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" @@ -663,6 +675,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a single live chat page." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 msgid "Managing chat requests" msgstr "" @@ -671,6 +687,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online operators." msgstr "" @@ -683,6 +703,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:None +msgid "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`ratings`" @@ -717,14 +741,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None +msgid "View of the chat window from a user’s side for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None +msgid "View of a chat window from an operator’s side highlighting a rating for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None +msgid "View of the customer ratings page in Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "Make the rating public" msgstr "" @@ -733,6 +769,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the rating of that channel on your website." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:None +msgid "View of the public ratings in the website for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" msgstr "" @@ -785,6 +825,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut link." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:None +msgid "View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 msgid "Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." msgstr "" @@ -801,11 +845,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:None +msgid "View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:5 msgid "Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:5 msgid "Optimize" msgstr "" @@ -913,6 +961,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Link Trackers*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None +msgid "View of Website settings page emphasizing the link trackers field in Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 msgid "Set up traceable URLs" msgstr "" @@ -921,6 +973,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the campaign, medium, and source being used." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None +msgid "View of the link tracker fields for Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 msgid "**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a product's page)." msgstr "" @@ -949,6 +1005,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the *Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those clicks." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:None +msgid "View of the tracked list emphasizing the statistics buttons in Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 msgid "You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." msgstr "" @@ -962,7 +1022,7 @@ msgid "Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those tracker msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 -msgid "The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../../sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgid "The integration with the :doc:`CRM ` application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 @@ -1518,174 +1578,174 @@ msgid "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, resul msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 -msgid "If you work on :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." +msgid "If you work on :ref:`developer mode `, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:488 msgid "CDN" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:490 msgid "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery Network has three advantages:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:494 msgid "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries around the globe)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:497 msgid "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own server)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:500 msgid "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by domain)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:504 msgid "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:511 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:513 msgid "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:516 msgid "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:520 msgid "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the following code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:524 msgid "``

My Text

``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:526 msgid "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:529 msgid "``

My Text

``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:532 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:534 msgid "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:541 msgid "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your website are mobile friendly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:545 msgid "Browser Caching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:547 msgid "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css `__. The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:554 msgid "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:559 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:561 msgid "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: `https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 msgid "Todo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:568 msgid "fix above link" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:570 msgid "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & eCommerce." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:576 msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:581 msgid "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:585 msgid "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol `__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 chunks per file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:591 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:593 msgid "```` : the URL of a page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:595 msgid "```` : last modification date of the resource, computed automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:600 msgid "```` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:607 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:609 msgid "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-presented search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:614 msgid "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:617 msgid "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org `__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:629 msgid "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:633 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:636 msgid "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 -msgid "You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode <../../../../applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:640 +msgid "You can customize the file *robots* in :ref:`developer mode ` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 msgid "Publish" msgstr "" @@ -1846,7 +1906,7 @@ msgid "To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in email msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 -msgid "If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` (you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgid "If you want to do it manually, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`. Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` (you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 @@ -1866,7 +1926,7 @@ msgid "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.co msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 @@ -2206,11 +2266,11 @@ msgid "If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in ``/usr/share/GeoI msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid "`CLI documentation `_." +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now discontinued `_" +msgid "``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now discontinued `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 @@ -2242,7 +2302,7 @@ msgid "The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See `--proxy-mode `__" +msgid "If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See :option:`proxy mode `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63